| 1 | /****************************************************************************
|
|---|
| 2 | **
|
|---|
| 3 | ** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
|
|---|
| 4 | ** Contact: Qt Software Information (qt-info@nokia.com)
|
|---|
| 5 | **
|
|---|
| 6 | ** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
|
|---|
| 7 | **
|
|---|
| 8 | ** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
|
|---|
| 9 | ** Commercial Usage
|
|---|
| 10 | ** Licensees holding valid Qt Commercial licenses may use this file in
|
|---|
| 11 | ** accordance with the Qt Commercial License Agreement provided with the
|
|---|
| 12 | ** Software or, alternatively, in accordance with the terms contained in
|
|---|
| 13 | ** a written agreement between you and Nokia.
|
|---|
| 14 | **
|
|---|
| 15 | ** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
|
|---|
| 16 | ** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
|
|---|
| 17 | ** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
|
|---|
| 18 | ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
|
|---|
| 19 | ** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to
|
|---|
| 20 | ** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
|
|---|
| 21 | ** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
|
|---|
| 22 | **
|
|---|
| 23 | ** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain
|
|---|
| 24 | ** additional rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL
|
|---|
| 25 | ** Exception version 1.0, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this
|
|---|
| 26 | ** package.
|
|---|
| 27 | **
|
|---|
| 28 | ** GNU General Public License Usage
|
|---|
| 29 | ** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU
|
|---|
| 30 | ** General Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software
|
|---|
| 31 | ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
|
|---|
| 32 | ** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to
|
|---|
| 33 | ** ensure the GNU General Public License version 3.0 requirements will be
|
|---|
| 34 | ** met: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html.
|
|---|
| 35 | **
|
|---|
| 36 | ** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
|
|---|
| 37 | ** contact the sales department at qt-sales@nokia.com.
|
|---|
| 38 | ** $QT_END_LICENSE$
|
|---|
| 39 | **
|
|---|
| 40 | ****************************************************************************/
|
|---|
| 41 |
|
|---|
| 42 | #include "qabstracteventdispatcher.h"
|
|---|
| 43 | #include "qaccessible.h"
|
|---|
| 44 | #include "qapplication.h"
|
|---|
| 45 | #include "qclipboard.h"
|
|---|
| 46 | #include "qcursor.h"
|
|---|
| 47 | #include "qdesktopwidget.h"
|
|---|
| 48 | #include "qdir.h"
|
|---|
| 49 | #include "qevent.h"
|
|---|
| 50 | #include "qfile.h"
|
|---|
| 51 | #include "qfileinfo.h"
|
|---|
| 52 | #include "qgraphicsscene.h"
|
|---|
| 53 | #include "qhash.h"
|
|---|
| 54 | #include "qset.h"
|
|---|
| 55 | #include "qlayout.h"
|
|---|
| 56 | #include "qsessionmanager.h"
|
|---|
| 57 | #include "qstyle.h"
|
|---|
| 58 | #include "qstylefactory.h"
|
|---|
| 59 | #include "qtextcodec.h"
|
|---|
| 60 | #include "qtranslator.h"
|
|---|
| 61 | #include "qvariant.h"
|
|---|
| 62 | #include "qwidget.h"
|
|---|
| 63 | #include "qdnd_p.h"
|
|---|
| 64 | #include "qcolormap.h"
|
|---|
| 65 | #include "qdebug.h"
|
|---|
| 66 | #include "private/qgraphicssystemfactory_p.h"
|
|---|
| 67 | #include "private/qstylesheetstyle_p.h"
|
|---|
| 68 | #include "private/qstyle_p.h"
|
|---|
| 69 | #include "qmessagebox.h"
|
|---|
| 70 | #include <QtGui/qgraphicsproxywidget.h>
|
|---|
| 71 |
|
|---|
| 72 | #include "qinputcontext.h"
|
|---|
| 73 | #include "qkeymapper_p.h"
|
|---|
| 74 |
|
|---|
| 75 | #ifdef Q_WS_X11
|
|---|
| 76 | #include <private/qt_x11_p.h>
|
|---|
| 77 | #include "qinputcontextfactory.h"
|
|---|
| 78 | #endif
|
|---|
| 79 |
|
|---|
| 80 | #include <qthread.h>
|
|---|
| 81 | #include <private/qthread_p.h>
|
|---|
| 82 |
|
|---|
| 83 | #include <private/qfont_p.h>
|
|---|
| 84 |
|
|---|
| 85 | #include <stdlib.h>
|
|---|
| 86 |
|
|---|
| 87 | #include "qapplication_p.h"
|
|---|
| 88 | #include "qwidget_p.h"
|
|---|
| 89 |
|
|---|
| 90 | #include "qapplication.h"
|
|---|
| 91 |
|
|---|
| 92 | #ifdef Q_OS_WINCE
|
|---|
| 93 | #include "qdatetime.h"
|
|---|
| 94 | #include "qguifunctions_wince.h"
|
|---|
| 95 | extern bool qt_wince_is_smartphone(); //qguifunctions_wince.cpp
|
|---|
| 96 | extern bool qt_wince_is_mobile(); //qguifunctions_wince.cpp
|
|---|
| 97 | extern bool qt_wince_is_pocket_pc(); //qguifunctions_wince.cpp
|
|---|
| 98 | #endif
|
|---|
| 99 |
|
|---|
| 100 | //#define ALIEN_DEBUG
|
|---|
| 101 |
|
|---|
| 102 | static void initResources()
|
|---|
| 103 | {
|
|---|
| 104 | #ifdef Q_OS_WINCE
|
|---|
| 105 | Q_INIT_RESOURCE(qstyle_wince);
|
|---|
| 106 | #else
|
|---|
| 107 | Q_INIT_RESOURCE(qstyle);
|
|---|
| 108 | #endif
|
|---|
| 109 |
|
|---|
| 110 | #if !defined(QT_NO_DIRECT3D) && defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
|---|
| 111 | Q_INIT_RESOURCE(qpaintengine_d3d);
|
|---|
| 112 | #endif
|
|---|
| 113 | Q_INIT_RESOURCE(qmessagebox);
|
|---|
| 114 | #if !defined(QT_NO_PRINTDIALOG)
|
|---|
| 115 | Q_INIT_RESOURCE(qprintdialog);
|
|---|
| 116 | #endif
|
|---|
| 117 |
|
|---|
| 118 | }
|
|---|
| 119 |
|
|---|
| 120 | QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
|
|---|
| 121 |
|
|---|
| 122 | extern void qt_call_post_routines();
|
|---|
| 123 |
|
|---|
| 124 | int QApplicationPrivate::app_compile_version = 0x040000; //we don't know exactly, but it's at least 4.0.0
|
|---|
| 125 |
|
|---|
| 126 | QApplication::Type qt_appType=QApplication::Tty;
|
|---|
| 127 | QApplicationPrivate *QApplicationPrivate::self = 0;
|
|---|
| 128 |
|
|---|
| 129 | #ifndef QT_NO_IM
|
|---|
| 130 | QInputContext *QApplicationPrivate::inputContext;
|
|---|
| 131 | #endif
|
|---|
| 132 |
|
|---|
| 133 | bool QApplicationPrivate::quitOnLastWindowClosed = true;
|
|---|
| 134 |
|
|---|
| 135 | #ifdef Q_OS_WINCE
|
|---|
| 136 | int QApplicationPrivate::autoMaximizeThreshold = -1;
|
|---|
| 137 | bool QApplicationPrivate::autoSipEnabled = false;
|
|---|
| 138 | #endif
|
|---|
| 139 |
|
|---|
| 140 | QApplicationPrivate::QApplicationPrivate(int &argc, char **argv, QApplication::Type type)
|
|---|
| 141 | : QCoreApplicationPrivate(argc, argv)
|
|---|
| 142 | {
|
|---|
| 143 | application_type = type;
|
|---|
| 144 | qt_appType = type;
|
|---|
| 145 |
|
|---|
| 146 | #ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
|
|---|
| 147 | is_session_restored = false;
|
|---|
| 148 | #endif
|
|---|
| 149 |
|
|---|
| 150 | quitOnLastWindowClosed = true;
|
|---|
| 151 |
|
|---|
| 152 | #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
|
|---|
| 153 | qt_compat_used = 0;
|
|---|
| 154 | qt_compat_resolved = 0;
|
|---|
| 155 | qt_tryAccelEvent = 0;
|
|---|
| 156 | qt_tryComposeUnicode = 0;
|
|---|
| 157 | qt_dispatchAccelEvent = 0;
|
|---|
| 158 | #endif
|
|---|
| 159 | #if defined(Q_WS_QWS) && !defined(QT_NO_DIRECTPAINTER)
|
|---|
| 160 | directPainters = 0;
|
|---|
| 161 | #endif
|
|---|
| 162 |
|
|---|
| 163 | if (!self)
|
|---|
| 164 | self = this;
|
|---|
| 165 | }
|
|---|
| 166 |
|
|---|
| 167 | QApplicationPrivate::~QApplicationPrivate()
|
|---|
| 168 | {
|
|---|
| 169 | if (self == this)
|
|---|
| 170 | self = 0;
|
|---|
| 171 | }
|
|---|
| 172 |
|
|---|
| 173 | /*!
|
|---|
| 174 | \class QApplication
|
|---|
| 175 | \brief The QApplication class manages the GUI application's control
|
|---|
| 176 | flow and main settings.
|
|---|
| 177 |
|
|---|
| 178 | \ingroup application
|
|---|
| 179 | \mainclass
|
|---|
| 180 |
|
|---|
| 181 | QApplication contains the main event loop, where all events from the window
|
|---|
| 182 | system and other sources are processed and dispatched. It also handles the
|
|---|
| 183 | application's initialization and finalization, and provides session
|
|---|
| 184 | management. In addition, it handles most system-wide and application-wide
|
|---|
| 185 | settings.
|
|---|
| 186 |
|
|---|
| 187 | For any GUI application using Qt, there is precisely one QApplication
|
|---|
| 188 | object, no matter whether the application has 0, 1, 2 or more windows at
|
|---|
| 189 | any given time. For non-GUI Qt applications, use QCoreApplication instead,
|
|---|
| 190 | as it does not depend on the \l QtGui library.
|
|---|
| 191 |
|
|---|
| 192 | The QApplication object is accessible through the instance() function that
|
|---|
| 193 | returns a pointer equivalent to the global qApp pointer.
|
|---|
| 194 |
|
|---|
| 195 | QApplication's main areas of responsibility are:
|
|---|
| 196 | \list
|
|---|
| 197 | \o It initializes the application with the user's desktop settings
|
|---|
| 198 | such as palette(), font() and doubleClickInterval(). It keeps
|
|---|
| 199 | track of these properties in case the user changes the desktop
|
|---|
| 200 | globally, for example through some kind of control panel.
|
|---|
| 201 |
|
|---|
| 202 | \o It performs event handling, meaning that it receives events
|
|---|
| 203 | from the underlying window system and dispatches them to the
|
|---|
| 204 | relevant widgets. By using sendEvent() and postEvent() you can
|
|---|
| 205 | send your own events to widgets.
|
|---|
| 206 |
|
|---|
| 207 | \o It parses common command line arguments and sets its internal
|
|---|
| 208 | state accordingly. See the \l{QApplication::QApplication()}
|
|---|
| 209 | {constructor documentation} below for more details.
|
|---|
| 210 |
|
|---|
| 211 | \o It defines the application's look and feel, which is
|
|---|
| 212 | encapsulated in a QStyle object. This can be changed at runtime
|
|---|
| 213 | with setStyle().
|
|---|
| 214 |
|
|---|
| 215 | \o It specifies how the application is to allocate colors. See
|
|---|
| 216 | setColorSpec() for details.
|
|---|
| 217 |
|
|---|
| 218 | \o It provides localization of strings that are visible to the
|
|---|
| 219 | user via translate().
|
|---|
| 220 |
|
|---|
| 221 | \o It provides some magical objects like the desktop() and the
|
|---|
| 222 | clipboard().
|
|---|
| 223 |
|
|---|
| 224 | \o It knows about the application's windows. You can ask which
|
|---|
| 225 | widget is at a certain position using widgetAt(), get a list of
|
|---|
| 226 | topLevelWidgets() and closeAllWindows(), etc.
|
|---|
| 227 |
|
|---|
| 228 | \o It manages the application's mouse cursor handling, see
|
|---|
| 229 | setOverrideCursor()
|
|---|
| 230 |
|
|---|
| 231 | \o On the X window system, it provides functions to flush and sync
|
|---|
| 232 | the communication stream, see flushX() and syncX().
|
|---|
| 233 |
|
|---|
| 234 | \o It provides support for sophisticated \l{Session Management}
|
|---|
| 235 | {session management}. This makes it possible for applications
|
|---|
| 236 | to terminate gracefully when the user logs out, to cancel a
|
|---|
| 237 | shutdown process if termination isn't possible and even to
|
|---|
| 238 | preserve the entire application's state for a future session.
|
|---|
| 239 | See isSessionRestored(), sessionId() and commitData() and
|
|---|
| 240 | saveState() for details.
|
|---|
| 241 | \endlist
|
|---|
| 242 |
|
|---|
| 243 | The QApplication object does so much initialization. Hence, it \e{must} be
|
|---|
| 244 | created before any other objects related to the user interface are created.
|
|---|
| 245 | Since QApplication also deals with common command line arguments, it is
|
|---|
| 246 | usually a good idea to create it \e before any interpretation or
|
|---|
| 247 | modification of \c argv is done in the application itself.
|
|---|
| 248 |
|
|---|
| 249 | \table
|
|---|
| 250 | \header
|
|---|
| 251 | \o{2,1} Groups of functions
|
|---|
| 252 |
|
|---|
| 253 | \row
|
|---|
| 254 | \o System settings
|
|---|
| 255 | \o desktopSettingsAware(),
|
|---|
| 256 | setDesktopSettingsAware(),
|
|---|
| 257 | cursorFlashTime(),
|
|---|
| 258 | setCursorFlashTime(),
|
|---|
| 259 | doubleClickInterval(),
|
|---|
| 260 | setDoubleClickInterval(),
|
|---|
| 261 | setKeyboardInputInterval(),
|
|---|
| 262 | wheelScrollLines(),
|
|---|
| 263 | setWheelScrollLines(),
|
|---|
| 264 | palette(),
|
|---|
| 265 | setPalette(),
|
|---|
| 266 | font(),
|
|---|
| 267 | setFont(),
|
|---|
| 268 | fontMetrics().
|
|---|
| 269 |
|
|---|
| 270 | \row
|
|---|
| 271 | \o Event handling
|
|---|
| 272 | \o exec(),
|
|---|
| 273 | processEvents(),
|
|---|
| 274 | exit(),
|
|---|
| 275 | quit().
|
|---|
| 276 | sendEvent(),
|
|---|
| 277 | postEvent(),
|
|---|
| 278 | sendPostedEvents(),
|
|---|
| 279 | removePostedEvents(),
|
|---|
| 280 | hasPendingEvents(),
|
|---|
| 281 | notify(),
|
|---|
| 282 | macEventFilter(),
|
|---|
| 283 | qwsEventFilter(),
|
|---|
| 284 | x11EventFilter(),
|
|---|
| 285 | x11ProcessEvent(),
|
|---|
| 286 | winEventFilter().
|
|---|
| 287 |
|
|---|
| 288 | \row
|
|---|
| 289 | \o GUI Styles
|
|---|
| 290 | \o style(),
|
|---|
| 291 | setStyle().
|
|---|
| 292 |
|
|---|
| 293 | \row
|
|---|
| 294 | \o Color usage
|
|---|
| 295 | \o colorSpec(),
|
|---|
| 296 | setColorSpec(),
|
|---|
| 297 | qwsSetCustomColors().
|
|---|
| 298 |
|
|---|
| 299 | \row
|
|---|
| 300 | \o Text handling
|
|---|
| 301 | \o installTranslator(),
|
|---|
| 302 | removeTranslator()
|
|---|
| 303 | translate().
|
|---|
| 304 |
|
|---|
| 305 | \row
|
|---|
| 306 | \o Widgets
|
|---|
| 307 | \o allWidgets(),
|
|---|
| 308 | topLevelWidgets(),
|
|---|
| 309 | desktop(),
|
|---|
| 310 | activePopupWidget(),
|
|---|
| 311 | activeModalWidget(),
|
|---|
| 312 | clipboard(),
|
|---|
| 313 | focusWidget(),
|
|---|
| 314 | activeWindow(),
|
|---|
| 315 | widgetAt().
|
|---|
| 316 |
|
|---|
| 317 | \row
|
|---|
| 318 | \o Advanced cursor handling
|
|---|
| 319 | \o overrideCursor(),
|
|---|
| 320 | setOverrideCursor(),
|
|---|
| 321 | restoreOverrideCursor().
|
|---|
| 322 |
|
|---|
| 323 | \row
|
|---|
| 324 | \o X Window System synchronization
|
|---|
| 325 | \o flushX(),
|
|---|
| 326 | syncX().
|
|---|
| 327 |
|
|---|
| 328 | \row
|
|---|
| 329 | \o Session management
|
|---|
| 330 | \o isSessionRestored(),
|
|---|
| 331 | sessionId(),
|
|---|
| 332 | commitData(),
|
|---|
| 333 | saveState().
|
|---|
| 334 |
|
|---|
| 335 | \row
|
|---|
| 336 | \o Miscellaneous
|
|---|
| 337 | \o closeAllWindows(),
|
|---|
| 338 | startingUp(),
|
|---|
| 339 | closingDown(),
|
|---|
| 340 | type().
|
|---|
| 341 | \endtable
|
|---|
| 342 |
|
|---|
| 343 | \sa QCoreApplication, QAbstractEventDispatcher, QEventLoop, QSettings
|
|---|
| 344 | */
|
|---|
| 345 |
|
|---|
| 346 | /*!
|
|---|
| 347 | \enum QApplication::Type
|
|---|
| 348 |
|
|---|
| 349 | \value Tty a console application
|
|---|
| 350 | \value GuiClient a GUI client application
|
|---|
| 351 | \value GuiServer a GUI server application (for Qt for Embedded Linux)
|
|---|
| 352 | */
|
|---|
| 353 |
|
|---|
| 354 | /*!
|
|---|
| 355 | \enum QApplication::ColorSpec
|
|---|
| 356 |
|
|---|
| 357 | \value NormalColor the default color allocation policy
|
|---|
| 358 | \value CustomColor the same as NormalColor for X11; allocates colors
|
|---|
| 359 | to a palette on demand under Windows
|
|---|
| 360 | \value ManyColor the right choice for applications that use thousands of
|
|---|
| 361 | colors
|
|---|
| 362 |
|
|---|
| 363 | See setColorSpec() for full details.
|
|---|
| 364 | */
|
|---|
| 365 |
|
|---|
| 366 | /*!
|
|---|
| 367 | \fn QWidget *QApplication::topLevelAt(const QPoint &point)
|
|---|
| 368 |
|
|---|
| 369 | Returns the top-level widget at the given \a point; returns 0 if
|
|---|
| 370 | there is no such widget.
|
|---|
| 371 | */
|
|---|
| 372 |
|
|---|
| 373 | /*!
|
|---|
| 374 | \fn QWidget *QApplication::topLevelAt(int x, int y)
|
|---|
| 375 |
|
|---|
| 376 | \overload
|
|---|
| 377 |
|
|---|
| 378 | Returns the top-level widget at the point (\a{x}, \a{y}); returns
|
|---|
| 379 | 0 if there is no such widget.
|
|---|
| 380 | */
|
|---|
| 381 |
|
|---|
| 382 |
|
|---|
| 383 | /*
|
|---|
| 384 | The qt_init() and qt_cleanup() functions are implemented in the
|
|---|
| 385 | qapplication_xyz.cpp file.
|
|---|
| 386 | */
|
|---|
| 387 |
|
|---|
| 388 | void qt_init(QApplicationPrivate *priv, int type
|
|---|
| 389 | #ifdef Q_WS_X11
|
|---|
| 390 | , Display *display = 0, Qt::HANDLE visual = 0, Qt::HANDLE colormap = 0
|
|---|
| 391 | #endif
|
|---|
| 392 | );
|
|---|
| 393 | void qt_cleanup();
|
|---|
| 394 |
|
|---|
| 395 | Qt::MouseButtons QApplicationPrivate::mouse_buttons = Qt::NoButton;
|
|---|
| 396 | Qt::KeyboardModifiers QApplicationPrivate::modifier_buttons = Qt::NoModifier;
|
|---|
| 397 |
|
|---|
| 398 | QStyle *QApplicationPrivate::app_style = 0; // default application style
|
|---|
| 399 |
|
|---|
| 400 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
|
|---|
| 401 | QString QApplicationPrivate::styleSheet; // default application stylesheet
|
|---|
| 402 | #endif
|
|---|
| 403 | QPointer<QWidget> QApplicationPrivate::leaveAfterRelease = 0;
|
|---|
| 404 |
|
|---|
| 405 | int QApplicationPrivate::app_cspec = QApplication::NormalColor;
|
|---|
| 406 | QPalette *QApplicationPrivate::app_pal = 0; // default application palette
|
|---|
| 407 | QPalette *QApplicationPrivate::sys_pal = 0; // default system palette
|
|---|
| 408 | QPalette *QApplicationPrivate::set_pal = 0; // default palette set by programmer
|
|---|
| 409 |
|
|---|
| 410 | QGraphicsSystem *QApplicationPrivate::graphics_system = 0; // default graphics system
|
|---|
| 411 | QString QApplicationPrivate::graphics_system_name; // graphics system id - for delayed initialization
|
|---|
| 412 |
|
|---|
| 413 | Q_GLOBAL_STATIC(QMutex, applicationFontMutex);
|
|---|
| 414 | QFont *QApplicationPrivate::app_font = 0; // default application font
|
|---|
| 415 | QFont *QApplicationPrivate::sys_font = 0; // default system font
|
|---|
| 416 | QFont *QApplicationPrivate::set_font = 0; // default font set by programmer
|
|---|
| 417 |
|
|---|
| 418 | QIcon *QApplicationPrivate::app_icon = 0;
|
|---|
| 419 | QWidget *QApplicationPrivate::main_widget = 0; // main application widget
|
|---|
| 420 | QWidget *QApplicationPrivate::focus_widget = 0; // has keyboard input focus
|
|---|
| 421 | QWidget *QApplicationPrivate::hidden_focus_widget = 0; // will get keyboard input focus after show()
|
|---|
| 422 | QWidget *QApplicationPrivate::active_window = 0; // toplevel with keyboard focus
|
|---|
| 423 | bool QApplicationPrivate::obey_desktop_settings = true; // use winsys resources
|
|---|
| 424 | int QApplicationPrivate::cursor_flash_time = 1000; // text caret flash time
|
|---|
| 425 | int QApplicationPrivate::mouse_double_click_time = 400; // mouse dbl click limit
|
|---|
| 426 | int QApplicationPrivate::keyboard_input_time = 400; // keyboard input interval
|
|---|
| 427 | #ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
|
|---|
| 428 | int QApplicationPrivate::wheel_scroll_lines; // number of lines to scroll
|
|---|
| 429 | #endif
|
|---|
| 430 | bool qt_is_gui_used;
|
|---|
| 431 | bool Q_GUI_EXPORT qt_tab_all_widgets = true;
|
|---|
| 432 | bool qt_in_tab_key_event = false;
|
|---|
| 433 | int qt_antialiasing_threshold = -1;
|
|---|
| 434 | static int drag_time = 500;
|
|---|
| 435 | static int drag_distance = 4;
|
|---|
| 436 | static Qt::LayoutDirection layout_direction = Qt::LeftToRight;
|
|---|
| 437 | QSize QApplicationPrivate::app_strut = QSize(0,0); // no default application strut
|
|---|
| 438 | bool QApplicationPrivate::animate_ui = true;
|
|---|
| 439 | bool QApplicationPrivate::animate_menu = false;
|
|---|
| 440 | bool QApplicationPrivate::fade_menu = false;
|
|---|
| 441 | bool QApplicationPrivate::animate_combo = false;
|
|---|
| 442 | bool QApplicationPrivate::animate_tooltip = false;
|
|---|
| 443 | bool QApplicationPrivate::fade_tooltip = false;
|
|---|
| 444 | bool QApplicationPrivate::animate_toolbox = false;
|
|---|
| 445 | bool QApplicationPrivate::widgetCount = false;
|
|---|
| 446 | QString* QApplicationPrivate::styleOverride = 0;
|
|---|
| 447 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) && !defined(Q_OS_WINCE)
|
|---|
| 448 | bool QApplicationPrivate::inSizeMove = false;
|
|---|
| 449 | #endif
|
|---|
| 450 | #ifdef QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION
|
|---|
| 451 | bool QApplicationPrivate::keypadNavigation = false;
|
|---|
| 452 | QWidget *QApplicationPrivate::oldEditFocus = 0;
|
|---|
| 453 | #endif
|
|---|
| 454 |
|
|---|
| 455 | bool qt_tabletChokeMouse = false;
|
|---|
| 456 | static bool force_reverse = false;
|
|---|
| 457 |
|
|---|
| 458 | static inline bool isAlien(QWidget *widget)
|
|---|
| 459 | {
|
|---|
| 460 | if (!widget)
|
|---|
| 461 | return false;
|
|---|
| 462 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC // Fake alien behavior on the Mac :)
|
|---|
| 463 | return !widget->isWindow() && widget->window()->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DontShowOnScreen);
|
|---|
| 464 | #else
|
|---|
| 465 | return !widget->internalWinId();
|
|---|
| 466 | #endif
|
|---|
| 467 | }
|
|---|
| 468 |
|
|---|
| 469 | // ######## move to QApplicationPrivate
|
|---|
| 470 | // Default application palettes and fonts (per widget type)
|
|---|
| 471 |
|
|---|
| 472 | typedef QHash<QByteArray, QPalette> PaletteHash;
|
|---|
| 473 | Q_GLOBAL_STATIC(PaletteHash, app_palettes)
|
|---|
| 474 | PaletteHash *qt_app_palettes_hash()
|
|---|
| 475 | {
|
|---|
| 476 | return app_palettes();
|
|---|
| 477 | }
|
|---|
| 478 |
|
|---|
| 479 | typedef QHash<QByteArray, QFont> FontHash;
|
|---|
| 480 | Q_GLOBAL_STATIC(FontHash, app_fonts)
|
|---|
| 481 | FontHash *qt_app_fonts_hash()
|
|---|
| 482 | {
|
|---|
| 483 | return app_fonts();
|
|---|
| 484 | }
|
|---|
| 485 |
|
|---|
| 486 | QWidgetList *QApplicationPrivate::popupWidgets = 0; // has keyboard input focus
|
|---|
| 487 |
|
|---|
| 488 | QDesktopWidget *qt_desktopWidget = 0; // root window widgets
|
|---|
| 489 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
|---|
| 490 | QClipboard *qt_clipboard = 0; // global clipboard object
|
|---|
| 491 | #endif
|
|---|
| 492 | QWidgetList * qt_modal_stack=0; // stack of modal widgets
|
|---|
| 493 |
|
|---|
| 494 | /*!
|
|---|
| 495 | \internal
|
|---|
| 496 | */
|
|---|
| 497 | void QApplicationPrivate::process_cmdline()
|
|---|
| 498 | {
|
|---|
| 499 | Q_Q(QApplication);
|
|---|
| 500 | Q_UNUSED(q);// only static members being used.
|
|---|
| 501 | // process platform-indep command line
|
|---|
| 502 | if (!qt_is_gui_used || !argc)
|
|---|
| 503 | return;
|
|---|
| 504 |
|
|---|
| 505 | int i, j;
|
|---|
| 506 |
|
|---|
| 507 | j = 1;
|
|---|
| 508 | for (i=1; i<argc; i++) { // if you add anything here, modify QCoreApplication::arguments()
|
|---|
| 509 | if (argv[i] && *argv[i] != '-') {
|
|---|
| 510 | argv[j++] = argv[i];
|
|---|
| 511 | continue;
|
|---|
| 512 | }
|
|---|
| 513 | QByteArray arg = argv[i];
|
|---|
| 514 | arg = arg;
|
|---|
| 515 | QString s;
|
|---|
| 516 | if (arg == "-qdevel" || arg == "-qdebug") {
|
|---|
| 517 | // obsolete argument
|
|---|
| 518 | } else if (arg.indexOf("-style=", 0) != -1) {
|
|---|
| 519 | s = QString::fromLocal8Bit(arg.right(arg.length() - 7).toLower());
|
|---|
| 520 | } else if (arg == "-style" && i < argc-1) {
|
|---|
| 521 | s = QString::fromLocal8Bit(argv[++i]).toLower();
|
|---|
| 522 | #ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
|
|---|
| 523 | } else if (arg == "-session" && i < argc-1) {
|
|---|
| 524 | ++i;
|
|---|
| 525 | if (argv[i] && *argv[i]) {
|
|---|
| 526 | session_id = QString::fromLatin1(argv[i]);
|
|---|
| 527 | int p = session_id.indexOf(QLatin1Char('_'));
|
|---|
| 528 | if (p >= 0) {
|
|---|
| 529 | session_key = session_id.mid(p +1);
|
|---|
| 530 | session_id = session_id.left(p);
|
|---|
| 531 | }
|
|---|
| 532 | is_session_restored = true;
|
|---|
| 533 | }
|
|---|
| 534 | #endif
|
|---|
| 535 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
|
|---|
| 536 | } else if (arg == "-stylesheet" && i < argc -1) {
|
|---|
| 537 | styleSheet = QLatin1String("file:///");
|
|---|
| 538 | styleSheet.append(QString::fromLocal8Bit(argv[++i]));
|
|---|
| 539 | } else if (arg.indexOf("-stylesheet=") != -1) {
|
|---|
| 540 | styleSheet = QLatin1String("file:///");
|
|---|
| 541 | styleSheet.append(QString::fromLocal8Bit(arg.right(arg.length() - 12)));
|
|---|
| 542 | #endif
|
|---|
| 543 | } else if (qstrcmp(arg, "-reverse") == 0) {
|
|---|
| 544 | force_reverse = true;
|
|---|
| 545 | q->setLayoutDirection(Qt::RightToLeft);
|
|---|
| 546 | } else if (qstrcmp(arg, "-widgetcount") == 0) {
|
|---|
| 547 | widgetCount = true;
|
|---|
| 548 | } else if (arg == "-graphicssystem" && i < argc-1) {
|
|---|
| 549 | graphics_system_name = QString::fromLocal8Bit(argv[++i]);
|
|---|
| 550 | } else {
|
|---|
| 551 | argv[j++] = argv[i];
|
|---|
| 552 | }
|
|---|
| 553 | if (!s.isEmpty()) {
|
|---|
| 554 | if (app_style) {
|
|---|
| 555 | delete app_style;
|
|---|
| 556 | app_style = 0;
|
|---|
| 557 | }
|
|---|
| 558 | if (!styleOverride)
|
|---|
| 559 | styleOverride = new QString;
|
|---|
| 560 | *styleOverride = s;
|
|---|
| 561 | }
|
|---|
| 562 | }
|
|---|
| 563 |
|
|---|
| 564 | if(j < argc) {
|
|---|
| 565 | argv[j] = 0;
|
|---|
| 566 | argc = j;
|
|---|
| 567 | }
|
|---|
| 568 | }
|
|---|
| 569 |
|
|---|
| 570 | /*!
|
|---|
| 571 | Initializes the window system and constructs an application object with
|
|---|
| 572 | \a argc command line arguments in \a argv.
|
|---|
| 573 |
|
|---|
| 574 | \warning The data referred to by \a argc and \a argv must stay valid for
|
|---|
| 575 | the entire lifetime of the QApplication object. In addition, \a argc must
|
|---|
| 576 | be greater than zero and \a argv must contain at least one valid character
|
|---|
| 577 | string.
|
|---|
| 578 |
|
|---|
| 579 | The global \c qApp pointer refers to this application object. Only one
|
|---|
| 580 | application object should be created.
|
|---|
| 581 |
|
|---|
| 582 | This application object must be constructed before any \l{QPaintDevice}
|
|---|
| 583 | {paint devices} (including widgets, pixmaps, bitmaps etc.).
|
|---|
| 584 |
|
|---|
| 585 | \note \a argc and \a argv might be changed as Qt removes command line
|
|---|
| 586 | arguments that it recognizes.
|
|---|
| 587 |
|
|---|
| 588 | Qt debugging options (not available if Qt was compiled without the QT_DEBUG
|
|---|
| 589 | flag defined):
|
|---|
| 590 | \list
|
|---|
| 591 | \o -nograb, tells Qt that it must never grab the mouse or the
|
|---|
| 592 | keyboard.
|
|---|
| 593 | \o -dograb (only under X11), running under a debugger can cause an
|
|---|
| 594 | implicit -nograb, use -dograb to override.
|
|---|
| 595 | \o -sync (only under X11), switches to synchronous mode for
|
|---|
| 596 | debugging.
|
|---|
| 597 | \endlist
|
|---|
| 598 |
|
|---|
| 599 | See \l{Debugging Techniques} for a more detailed explanation.
|
|---|
| 600 |
|
|---|
| 601 | All Qt programs automatically support the following command line options:
|
|---|
| 602 | \list
|
|---|
| 603 | \o -style= \e style, sets the application GUI style. Possible values
|
|---|
| 604 | are \c motif, \c windows, and \c platinum. If you compiled Qt with
|
|---|
| 605 | additional styles or have additional styles as plugins these will
|
|---|
| 606 | be available to the \c -style command line option.
|
|---|
| 607 | \o -style \e style, is the same as listed above.
|
|---|
| 608 | \o -stylesheet= \e stylesheet, sets the application \l styleSheet. The
|
|---|
| 609 | value must be a path to a file that contains the Style Sheet.
|
|---|
| 610 | \note Relative URLs in the Style Sheet file are relative to the
|
|---|
| 611 | Style Sheet file's path.
|
|---|
| 612 | \o -stylesheet \e stylesheet, is the same as listed above.
|
|---|
| 613 | \o -session= \e session, restores the application from an earlier
|
|---|
| 614 | \l{Session Management}{session}.
|
|---|
| 615 | \o -session \e session, is the same as listed above.
|
|---|
| 616 | \o -widgetcount, prints debug message at the end about number of
|
|---|
| 617 | widgets left undestroyed and maximum number of widgets existed at
|
|---|
| 618 | the same time
|
|---|
| 619 | \o -reverse, sets the application's layout direction to
|
|---|
| 620 | Qt::RightToLeft
|
|---|
| 621 | \o -graphicssystem, sets the backend to be used for on-screen widgets
|
|---|
| 622 | and QPixmaps. Available options are \c{raster} and \c{opengl}.
|
|---|
| 623 | \endlist
|
|---|
| 624 |
|
|---|
| 625 | The Windows version of Qt supports an additional command line option, if
|
|---|
| 626 | Direct3D support has been compiled into Qt:
|
|---|
| 627 | \list
|
|---|
| 628 | \o -direct3d will make the Direct3D paint engine the default widget
|
|---|
| 629 | paint engine in Qt. \bold {This functionality is experimental.}
|
|---|
| 630 | \endlist
|
|---|
| 631 |
|
|---|
| 632 | The X11 version of Qt supports some traditional X11 command line options:
|
|---|
| 633 | \list
|
|---|
| 634 | \o -display \e display, sets the X display (default is $DISPLAY).
|
|---|
| 635 | \o -geometry \e geometry, sets the client geometry of the first window
|
|---|
| 636 | that is shown.
|
|---|
| 637 | \o -fn or \c -font \e font, defines the application font. The font
|
|---|
| 638 | should be specified using an X logical font description.
|
|---|
| 639 | \o -bg or \c -background \e color, sets the default background color
|
|---|
| 640 | and an application palette (light and dark shades are calculated).
|
|---|
| 641 | \o -fg or \c -foreground \e color, sets the default foreground color.
|
|---|
| 642 | \o -btn or \c -button \e color, sets the default button color.
|
|---|
| 643 | \o -name \e name, sets the application name.
|
|---|
| 644 | \o -title \e title, sets the application title.
|
|---|
| 645 | \o -visual \c TrueColor, forces the application to use a TrueColor
|
|---|
| 646 | visual on an 8-bit display.
|
|---|
| 647 | \o -ncols \e count, limits the number of colors allocated in the color
|
|---|
| 648 | cube on an 8-bit display, if the application is using the
|
|---|
| 649 | QApplication::ManyColor color specification. If \e count is 216
|
|---|
| 650 | then a 6x6x6 color cube is used (i.e. 6 levels of red, 6 of green,
|
|---|
| 651 | and 6 of blue); for other values, a cube approximately proportional
|
|---|
| 652 | to a 2x3x1 cube is used.
|
|---|
| 653 | \o -cmap, causes the application to install a private color map on an
|
|---|
| 654 | 8-bit display.
|
|---|
| 655 | \o -im, sets the input method server (equivalent to setting the
|
|---|
| 656 | XMODIFIERS environment variable)
|
|---|
| 657 | \o -inputstyle, defines how the input is inserted into the given
|
|---|
| 658 | widget, e.g., \c onTheSpot makes the input appear directly in the
|
|---|
| 659 | widget, while \c overTheSpot makes the input appear in a box
|
|---|
| 660 | floating over the widget and is not inserted until the editing is
|
|---|
| 661 | done.
|
|---|
| 662 | \endlist
|
|---|
| 663 |
|
|---|
| 664 | \sa arguments()
|
|---|
| 665 | */
|
|---|
| 666 |
|
|---|
| 667 | QApplication::QApplication(int &argc, char **argv)
|
|---|
| 668 | : QCoreApplication(*new QApplicationPrivate(argc, argv, GuiClient))
|
|---|
| 669 | { Q_D(QApplication); d->construct(); }
|
|---|
| 670 |
|
|---|
| 671 | QApplication::QApplication(int &argc, char **argv, int _internal)
|
|---|
| 672 | : QCoreApplication(*new QApplicationPrivate(argc, argv, GuiClient))
|
|---|
| 673 | { Q_D(QApplication); d->construct(); QApplicationPrivate::app_compile_version = _internal;}
|
|---|
| 674 |
|
|---|
| 675 |
|
|---|
| 676 | /*!
|
|---|
| 677 | Constructs an application object with \a argc command line arguments in
|
|---|
| 678 | \a argv. If \a GUIenabled is true, a GUI application is constructed,
|
|---|
| 679 | otherwise a non-GUI (console) application is created.
|
|---|
| 680 |
|
|---|
| 681 | \warning The data referred to by \a argc and \a argv must stay valid for
|
|---|
| 682 | the entire lifetime of the QApplication object. In addition, \a argc must
|
|---|
| 683 | be greater than zero and \a argv must contain at least one valid character
|
|---|
| 684 | string.
|
|---|
| 685 |
|
|---|
| 686 | Set \a GUIenabled to false for programs without a graphical user interface
|
|---|
| 687 | that should be able to run without a window system.
|
|---|
| 688 |
|
|---|
| 689 | On X11, the window system is initialized if \a GUIenabled is true. If
|
|---|
| 690 | \a GUIenabled is false, the application does not connect to the X server.
|
|---|
| 691 | On Windows and Macintosh, currently the window system is always
|
|---|
| 692 | initialized, regardless of the value of GUIenabled. This may change in
|
|---|
| 693 | future versions of Qt.
|
|---|
| 694 |
|
|---|
| 695 | The following example shows how to create an application that uses a
|
|---|
| 696 | graphical interface when available.
|
|---|
| 697 |
|
|---|
| 698 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 0
|
|---|
| 699 | */
|
|---|
| 700 |
|
|---|
| 701 | QApplication::QApplication(int &argc, char **argv, bool GUIenabled )
|
|---|
| 702 | : QCoreApplication(*new QApplicationPrivate(argc, argv, GUIenabled ? GuiClient : Tty))
|
|---|
| 703 | { Q_D(QApplication); d->construct(); }
|
|---|
| 704 |
|
|---|
| 705 | QApplication::QApplication(int &argc, char **argv, bool GUIenabled , int _internal)
|
|---|
| 706 | : QCoreApplication(*new QApplicationPrivate(argc, argv, GUIenabled ? GuiClient : Tty))
|
|---|
| 707 | { Q_D(QApplication); d->construct(); QApplicationPrivate::app_compile_version = _internal;}
|
|---|
| 708 |
|
|---|
| 709 |
|
|---|
| 710 |
|
|---|
| 711 | /*!
|
|---|
| 712 | Constructs an application object with \a argc command line arguments in
|
|---|
| 713 | \a argv.
|
|---|
| 714 |
|
|---|
| 715 | \warning The data referred to by \a argc and \a argv must stay valid for
|
|---|
| 716 | the entire lifetime of the QApplication object. In addition, \a argc must
|
|---|
| 717 | be greater than zero and \a argv must contain at least one valid character
|
|---|
| 718 | string.
|
|---|
| 719 |
|
|---|
| 720 | With Qt for Embedded Linux, passing QApplication::GuiServer for \a type
|
|---|
| 721 | makes this application the server (equivalent to running with the
|
|---|
| 722 | \c -qws option).
|
|---|
| 723 | */
|
|---|
| 724 | QApplication::QApplication(int &argc, char **argv, Type type)
|
|---|
| 725 | : QCoreApplication(*new QApplicationPrivate(argc, argv, type))
|
|---|
| 726 | { Q_D(QApplication); d->construct(); }
|
|---|
| 727 |
|
|---|
| 728 | QApplication::QApplication(int &argc, char **argv, Type type , int _internal)
|
|---|
| 729 | : QCoreApplication(*new QApplicationPrivate(argc, argv, type))
|
|---|
| 730 | { Q_D(QApplication); d->construct(); QApplicationPrivate::app_compile_version = _internal;}
|
|---|
| 731 |
|
|---|
| 732 |
|
|---|
| 733 | /*!
|
|---|
| 734 | \internal
|
|---|
| 735 | */
|
|---|
| 736 | void QApplicationPrivate::construct(
|
|---|
| 737 | #ifdef Q_WS_X11
|
|---|
| 738 | Display *dpy, Qt::HANDLE visual, Qt::HANDLE cmap
|
|---|
| 739 | #endif
|
|---|
| 740 | )
|
|---|
| 741 | {
|
|---|
| 742 | initResources();
|
|---|
| 743 |
|
|---|
| 744 | qt_is_gui_used = (qt_appType != QApplication::Tty);
|
|---|
| 745 | process_cmdline();
|
|---|
| 746 | // Must be called before initialize()
|
|---|
| 747 | qt_init(this, qt_appType
|
|---|
| 748 | #ifdef Q_WS_X11
|
|---|
| 749 | , dpy, visual, cmap
|
|---|
| 750 | #endif
|
|---|
| 751 | );
|
|---|
| 752 | initialize();
|
|---|
| 753 | eventDispatcher->startingUp();
|
|---|
| 754 |
|
|---|
| 755 | #ifdef QT_EVAL
|
|---|
| 756 | extern void qt_gui_eval_init(uint);
|
|---|
| 757 | qt_gui_eval_init(application_type);
|
|---|
| 758 | #endif
|
|---|
| 759 | }
|
|---|
| 760 |
|
|---|
| 761 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11)
|
|---|
| 762 | // ### a string literal is a cont char*
|
|---|
| 763 | // ### using it as a char* is wrong and could lead to segfaults
|
|---|
| 764 | // ### if aargv is modified someday
|
|---|
| 765 | // ########## make it work with argc == argv == 0
|
|---|
| 766 | static int aargc = 1;
|
|---|
| 767 | static char *aargv[] = { (char*)"unknown", 0 };
|
|---|
| 768 |
|
|---|
| 769 | /*!
|
|---|
| 770 | \fn QApplication::QApplication(Display* display, Qt::HANDLE visual, Qt::HANDLE colormap)
|
|---|
| 771 |
|
|---|
| 772 | Creates an application, given an already open display \a display. If
|
|---|
| 773 | \a visual and \a colormap are non-zero, the application will use those
|
|---|
| 774 | values as the default Visual and Colormap contexts.
|
|---|
| 775 |
|
|---|
| 776 | \warning Qt only supports TrueColor visuals at depths higher than 8
|
|---|
| 777 | bits-per-pixel.
|
|---|
| 778 |
|
|---|
| 779 | This function is only available on X11.
|
|---|
| 780 | */
|
|---|
| 781 | QApplication::QApplication(Display* dpy, Qt::HANDLE visual, Qt::HANDLE colormap)
|
|---|
| 782 | : QCoreApplication(*new QApplicationPrivate(aargc, aargv, GuiClient))
|
|---|
| 783 | {
|
|---|
| 784 | if (! dpy)
|
|---|
| 785 | qWarning("QApplication: Invalid Display* argument");
|
|---|
| 786 | Q_D(QApplication);
|
|---|
| 787 | d->construct(dpy, visual, colormap);
|
|---|
| 788 | }
|
|---|
| 789 |
|
|---|
| 790 | QApplication::QApplication(Display* dpy, Qt::HANDLE visual, Qt::HANDLE colormap, int _internal)
|
|---|
| 791 | : QCoreApplication(*new QApplicationPrivate(aargc, aargv, GuiClient))
|
|---|
| 792 | {
|
|---|
| 793 | if (! dpy)
|
|---|
| 794 | qWarning("QApplication: Invalid Display* argument");
|
|---|
| 795 | Q_D(QApplication);
|
|---|
| 796 | d->construct(dpy, visual, colormap);
|
|---|
| 797 | QApplicationPrivate::app_compile_version = _internal;
|
|---|
| 798 | }
|
|---|
| 799 |
|
|---|
| 800 | /*!
|
|---|
| 801 | \fn QApplication::QApplication(Display *display, int &argc, char **argv,
|
|---|
| 802 | Qt::HANDLE visual, Qt::HANDLE colormap)
|
|---|
| 803 |
|
|---|
| 804 | Creates an application, given an already open \a display and using \a argc
|
|---|
| 805 | command line arguments in \a argv. If \a visual and \a colormap are
|
|---|
| 806 | non-zero, the application will use those values as the default Visual
|
|---|
| 807 | and Colormap contexts.
|
|---|
| 808 |
|
|---|
| 809 | \warning Qt only supports TrueColor visuals at depths higher than 8
|
|---|
| 810 | bits-per-pixel.
|
|---|
| 811 |
|
|---|
| 812 | This function is only available on X11.
|
|---|
| 813 | */
|
|---|
| 814 | QApplication::QApplication(Display *dpy, int &argc, char **argv,
|
|---|
| 815 | Qt::HANDLE visual, Qt::HANDLE colormap)
|
|---|
| 816 | : QCoreApplication(*new QApplicationPrivate(argc, argv, GuiClient))
|
|---|
| 817 | {
|
|---|
| 818 | if (! dpy)
|
|---|
| 819 | qWarning("QApplication: Invalid Display* argument");
|
|---|
| 820 | Q_D(QApplication);
|
|---|
| 821 | d->construct(dpy, visual, colormap);
|
|---|
| 822 | }
|
|---|
| 823 |
|
|---|
| 824 | QApplication::QApplication(Display *dpy, int &argc, char **argv,
|
|---|
| 825 | Qt::HANDLE visual, Qt::HANDLE colormap, int _internal)
|
|---|
| 826 | : QCoreApplication(*new QApplicationPrivate(argc, argv, GuiClient))
|
|---|
| 827 | {
|
|---|
| 828 | if (! dpy)
|
|---|
| 829 | qWarning("QApplication: Invalid Display* argument");
|
|---|
| 830 | Q_D(QApplication);
|
|---|
| 831 | d->construct(dpy, visual, colormap);
|
|---|
| 832 | QApplicationPrivate::app_compile_version = _internal;
|
|---|
| 833 | }
|
|---|
| 834 |
|
|---|
| 835 | #endif // Q_WS_X11
|
|---|
| 836 |
|
|---|
| 837 |
|
|---|
| 838 | /*!
|
|---|
| 839 | Initializes the QApplication object, called from the constructors.
|
|---|
| 840 | */
|
|---|
| 841 | extern void qInitDrawhelperAsm();
|
|---|
| 842 |
|
|---|
| 843 | void QApplicationPrivate::initialize()
|
|---|
| 844 | {
|
|---|
| 845 | QWidgetPrivate::mapper = new QWidgetMapper;
|
|---|
| 846 | QWidgetPrivate::uncreatedWidgets = new QWidgetSet;
|
|---|
| 847 | if (qt_appType != QApplication::Tty)
|
|---|
| 848 | (void) QApplication::style(); // trigger creation of application style
|
|---|
| 849 | // trigger registering of QVariant's GUI types
|
|---|
| 850 | extern int qRegisterGuiVariant();
|
|---|
| 851 | qRegisterGuiVariant();
|
|---|
| 852 |
|
|---|
| 853 | is_app_running = true; // no longer starting up
|
|---|
| 854 |
|
|---|
| 855 | Q_Q(QApplication);
|
|---|
| 856 | #ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
|
|---|
| 857 | // connect to the session manager
|
|---|
| 858 | session_manager = new QSessionManager(q, session_id, session_key);
|
|---|
| 859 | #endif
|
|---|
| 860 |
|
|---|
| 861 | if (qgetenv("QT_USE_NATIVE_WINDOWS").toInt() > 0)
|
|---|
| 862 | q->setAttribute(Qt::AA_NativeWindows);
|
|---|
| 863 |
|
|---|
| 864 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
|---|
| 865 | // Alien is not currently working on Windows 98
|
|---|
| 866 | if (QSysInfo::WindowsVersion & QSysInfo::WV_DOS_based)
|
|---|
| 867 | q->setAttribute(Qt::AA_NativeWindows);
|
|---|
| 868 | #endif
|
|---|
| 869 |
|
|---|
| 870 | #ifdef Q_OS_WINCE
|
|---|
| 871 | #ifdef QT_AUTO_MAXIMIZE_THRESHOLD
|
|---|
| 872 | autoMaximizeThreshold = QT_AUTO_MAXIMIZE_THRESHOLD;
|
|---|
| 873 | #else
|
|---|
| 874 | if (qt_wince_is_mobile())
|
|---|
| 875 | autoMaximizeThreshold = 50;
|
|---|
| 876 | else
|
|---|
| 877 | autoMaximizeThreshold = -1;
|
|---|
| 878 | #endif //QT_AUTO_MAXIMIZE_THRESHOLD
|
|---|
| 879 | #endif //Q_OS_WINCE
|
|---|
| 880 |
|
|---|
| 881 | // Set up which span functions should be used in raster engine...
|
|---|
| 882 | qInitDrawhelperAsm();
|
|---|
| 883 |
|
|---|
| 884 | #if !defined(Q_WS_X11) && !defined(Q_WS_QWS)
|
|---|
| 885 | // initialize the graphics system - on X11 this is initialized inside
|
|---|
| 886 | // qt_init() in qapplication_x11.cpp because of several reasons.
|
|---|
| 887 | // On QWS, the graphics system is set by the QScreen plugin.
|
|---|
| 888 | graphics_system = QGraphicsSystemFactory::create(graphics_system_name);
|
|---|
| 889 | #endif
|
|---|
| 890 | #ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
|
|---|
| 891 | #ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
|
|---|
| 892 | QApplicationPrivate::wheel_scroll_lines = 1;
|
|---|
| 893 | #else
|
|---|
| 894 | QApplicationPrivate::wheel_scroll_lines = 3;
|
|---|
| 895 | #endif
|
|---|
| 896 | #endif
|
|---|
| 897 | }
|
|---|
| 898 |
|
|---|
| 899 | /*!
|
|---|
| 900 | Returns the type of application (\l Tty, GuiClient, or
|
|---|
| 901 | GuiServer). The type is set when constructing the QApplication
|
|---|
| 902 | object.
|
|---|
| 903 | */
|
|---|
| 904 | QApplication::Type QApplication::type()
|
|---|
| 905 | {
|
|---|
| 906 | return qt_appType;
|
|---|
| 907 | }
|
|---|
| 908 |
|
|---|
| 909 | /*****************************************************************************
|
|---|
| 910 | Functions returning the active popup and modal widgets.
|
|---|
| 911 | *****************************************************************************/
|
|---|
| 912 |
|
|---|
| 913 | /*!
|
|---|
| 914 | Returns the active popup widget.
|
|---|
| 915 |
|
|---|
| 916 | A popup widget is a special top-level widget that sets the \c
|
|---|
| 917 | Qt::WType_Popup widget flag, e.g. the QMenu widget. When the application
|
|---|
| 918 | opens a popup widget, all events are sent to the popup. Normal widgets and
|
|---|
| 919 | modal widgets cannot be accessed before the popup widget is closed.
|
|---|
| 920 |
|
|---|
| 921 | Only other popup widgets may be opened when a popup widget is shown. The
|
|---|
| 922 | popup widgets are organized in a stack. This function returns the active
|
|---|
| 923 | popup widget at the top of the stack.
|
|---|
| 924 |
|
|---|
| 925 | \sa activeModalWidget(), topLevelWidgets()
|
|---|
| 926 | */
|
|---|
| 927 |
|
|---|
| 928 | QWidget *QApplication::activePopupWidget()
|
|---|
| 929 | {
|
|---|
| 930 | return QApplicationPrivate::popupWidgets && !QApplicationPrivate::popupWidgets->isEmpty() ?
|
|---|
| 931 | QApplicationPrivate::popupWidgets->last() : 0;
|
|---|
| 932 | }
|
|---|
| 933 |
|
|---|
| 934 |
|
|---|
| 935 | /*!
|
|---|
| 936 | Returns the active modal widget.
|
|---|
| 937 |
|
|---|
| 938 | A modal widget is a special top-level widget which is a subclass of QDialog
|
|---|
| 939 | that specifies the modal parameter of the constructor as true. A modal
|
|---|
| 940 | widget must be closed before the user can continue with other parts of the
|
|---|
| 941 | program.
|
|---|
| 942 |
|
|---|
| 943 | Modal widgets are organized in a stack. This function returns the active
|
|---|
| 944 | modal widget at the top of the stack.
|
|---|
| 945 |
|
|---|
| 946 | \sa activePopupWidget(), topLevelWidgets()
|
|---|
| 947 | */
|
|---|
| 948 |
|
|---|
| 949 | QWidget *QApplication::activeModalWidget()
|
|---|
| 950 | {
|
|---|
| 951 | return qt_modal_stack && !qt_modal_stack->isEmpty() ? qt_modal_stack->first() : 0;
|
|---|
| 952 | }
|
|---|
| 953 |
|
|---|
| 954 | /*!
|
|---|
| 955 | Cleans up any window system resources that were allocated by this
|
|---|
| 956 | application. Sets the global variable \c qApp to 0.
|
|---|
| 957 | */
|
|---|
| 958 |
|
|---|
| 959 | QApplication::~QApplication()
|
|---|
| 960 | {
|
|---|
| 961 | Q_D(QApplication);
|
|---|
| 962 |
|
|---|
| 963 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
|---|
| 964 | // flush clipboard contents
|
|---|
| 965 | if (qt_clipboard) {
|
|---|
| 966 | QEvent event(QEvent::Clipboard);
|
|---|
| 967 | QApplication::sendEvent(qt_clipboard, &event);
|
|---|
| 968 | }
|
|---|
| 969 | #endif
|
|---|
| 970 |
|
|---|
| 971 | //### this should probable be done even later
|
|---|
| 972 | qt_call_post_routines();
|
|---|
| 973 |
|
|---|
| 974 | // kill timers before closing down the dispatcher
|
|---|
| 975 | d->toolTipWakeUp.stop();
|
|---|
| 976 | d->toolTipFallAsleep.stop();
|
|---|
| 977 |
|
|---|
| 978 | d->eventDispatcher->closingDown();
|
|---|
| 979 | d->eventDispatcher = 0;
|
|---|
| 980 |
|
|---|
| 981 | delete qt_desktopWidget;
|
|---|
| 982 | qt_desktopWidget = 0;
|
|---|
| 983 | QApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing = true;
|
|---|
| 984 | QApplicationPrivate::is_app_running = false;
|
|---|
| 985 |
|
|---|
| 986 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
|---|
| 987 | delete qt_clipboard;
|
|---|
| 988 | qt_clipboard = 0;
|
|---|
| 989 | #endif
|
|---|
| 990 |
|
|---|
| 991 | // delete widget mapper
|
|---|
| 992 | if (QWidgetPrivate::mapper) {
|
|---|
| 993 | QWidgetMapper * myMapper = QWidgetPrivate::mapper;
|
|---|
| 994 | QWidgetPrivate::mapper = 0;
|
|---|
| 995 | for (QWidgetMapper::Iterator it = myMapper->begin(); it != myMapper->end(); ++it) {
|
|---|
| 996 | register QWidget *w = *it;
|
|---|
| 997 | if (!w->parent()) // window
|
|---|
| 998 | w->destroy(true, true);
|
|---|
| 999 | }
|
|---|
| 1000 | delete myMapper;
|
|---|
| 1001 | }
|
|---|
| 1002 |
|
|---|
| 1003 | // delete uncreated widgets
|
|---|
| 1004 | if (QWidgetPrivate::uncreatedWidgets) {
|
|---|
| 1005 | QWidgetSet *mySet = QWidgetPrivate::uncreatedWidgets;
|
|---|
| 1006 | QWidgetPrivate::uncreatedWidgets = 0;
|
|---|
| 1007 | for (QWidgetSet::Iterator it = mySet->begin(); it != mySet->end(); ++it) {
|
|---|
| 1008 | register QWidget *w = *it;
|
|---|
| 1009 | if (!w->parent()) // window
|
|---|
| 1010 | w->destroy(true, true);
|
|---|
| 1011 | }
|
|---|
| 1012 | delete mySet;
|
|---|
| 1013 | }
|
|---|
| 1014 |
|
|---|
| 1015 | delete QApplicationPrivate::app_pal;
|
|---|
| 1016 | QApplicationPrivate::app_pal = 0;
|
|---|
| 1017 | delete QApplicationPrivate::sys_pal;
|
|---|
| 1018 | QApplicationPrivate::sys_pal = 0;
|
|---|
| 1019 | delete QApplicationPrivate::set_pal;
|
|---|
| 1020 | QApplicationPrivate::set_pal = 0;
|
|---|
| 1021 | app_palettes()->clear();
|
|---|
| 1022 |
|
|---|
| 1023 | {
|
|---|
| 1024 | QMutexLocker locker(applicationFontMutex());
|
|---|
| 1025 | delete QApplicationPrivate::app_font;
|
|---|
| 1026 | QApplicationPrivate::app_font = 0;
|
|---|
| 1027 | }
|
|---|
| 1028 | delete QApplicationPrivate::sys_font;
|
|---|
| 1029 | QApplicationPrivate::sys_font = 0;
|
|---|
| 1030 | delete QApplicationPrivate::set_font;
|
|---|
| 1031 | QApplicationPrivate::set_font = 0;
|
|---|
| 1032 | app_fonts()->clear();
|
|---|
| 1033 |
|
|---|
| 1034 | delete QApplicationPrivate::app_style;
|
|---|
| 1035 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style = 0;
|
|---|
| 1036 | delete QApplicationPrivate::app_icon;
|
|---|
| 1037 | QApplicationPrivate::app_icon = 0;
|
|---|
| 1038 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|---|
| 1039 | d->cursor_list.clear();
|
|---|
| 1040 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1041 |
|
|---|
| 1042 | #ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
|---|
| 1043 | if (qt_is_gui_used)
|
|---|
| 1044 | delete QDragManager::self();
|
|---|
| 1045 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1046 |
|
|---|
| 1047 | qt_cleanup();
|
|---|
| 1048 |
|
|---|
| 1049 | if (QApplicationPrivate::widgetCount)
|
|---|
| 1050 | qDebug("Widgets left: %i Max widgets: %i \n", QWidgetPrivate::instanceCounter, QWidgetPrivate::maxInstances);
|
|---|
| 1051 | #ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
|
|---|
| 1052 | delete d->session_manager;
|
|---|
| 1053 | d->session_manager = 0;
|
|---|
| 1054 | #endif //QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
|
|---|
| 1055 |
|
|---|
| 1056 | QApplicationPrivate::obey_desktop_settings = true;
|
|---|
| 1057 | QApplicationPrivate::cursor_flash_time = 1000;
|
|---|
| 1058 | QApplicationPrivate::mouse_double_click_time = 400;
|
|---|
| 1059 | QApplicationPrivate::keyboard_input_time = 400;
|
|---|
| 1060 |
|
|---|
| 1061 | drag_time = 500;
|
|---|
| 1062 | drag_distance = 4;
|
|---|
| 1063 | layout_direction = Qt::LeftToRight;
|
|---|
| 1064 | QApplicationPrivate::app_strut = QSize(0, 0);
|
|---|
| 1065 | QApplicationPrivate::animate_ui = true;
|
|---|
| 1066 | QApplicationPrivate::animate_menu = false;
|
|---|
| 1067 | QApplicationPrivate::fade_menu = false;
|
|---|
| 1068 | QApplicationPrivate::animate_combo = false;
|
|---|
| 1069 | QApplicationPrivate::animate_tooltip = false;
|
|---|
| 1070 | QApplicationPrivate::fade_tooltip = false;
|
|---|
| 1071 | QApplicationPrivate::widgetCount = false;
|
|---|
| 1072 |
|
|---|
| 1073 | // trigger unregistering of QVariant's GUI types
|
|---|
| 1074 | extern int qUnregisterGuiVariant();
|
|---|
| 1075 | qUnregisterGuiVariant();
|
|---|
| 1076 | }
|
|---|
| 1077 |
|
|---|
| 1078 |
|
|---|
| 1079 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1080 | \fn QWidget *QApplication::widgetAt(const QPoint &point)
|
|---|
| 1081 |
|
|---|
| 1082 | Returns the widget at global screen position \a point, or 0 if there is no
|
|---|
| 1083 | Qt widget there.
|
|---|
| 1084 |
|
|---|
| 1085 | This function can be slow.
|
|---|
| 1086 |
|
|---|
| 1087 | \sa QCursor::pos(), QWidget::grabMouse(), QWidget::grabKeyboard()
|
|---|
| 1088 | */
|
|---|
| 1089 | QWidget *QApplication::widgetAt(const QPoint &p)
|
|---|
| 1090 | {
|
|---|
| 1091 | QWidget *window = QApplication::topLevelAt(p);
|
|---|
| 1092 | if (!window)
|
|---|
| 1093 | return 0;
|
|---|
| 1094 |
|
|---|
| 1095 | QWidget *child = 0;
|
|---|
| 1096 |
|
|---|
| 1097 | if (!window->testAttribute(Qt::WA_TransparentForMouseEvents))
|
|---|
| 1098 | child = window->childAt(window->mapFromGlobal(p));
|
|---|
| 1099 |
|
|---|
| 1100 | if (child)
|
|---|
| 1101 | return child;
|
|---|
| 1102 |
|
|---|
| 1103 | if (window->testAttribute(Qt::WA_TransparentForMouseEvents)) {
|
|---|
| 1104 | //shoot a hole in the widget and try once again,
|
|---|
| 1105 | //suboptimal on Qt for Embedded Linux where we do
|
|---|
| 1106 | //know the stacking order of the toplevels.
|
|---|
| 1107 | int x = p.x();
|
|---|
| 1108 | int y = p.y();
|
|---|
| 1109 | QRegion oldmask = window->mask();
|
|---|
| 1110 | QPoint wpoint = window->mapFromGlobal(QPoint(x, y));
|
|---|
| 1111 | QRegion newmask = (oldmask.isEmpty() ? QRegion(window->rect()) : oldmask)
|
|---|
| 1112 | - QRegion(wpoint.x(), wpoint.y(), 1, 1);
|
|---|
| 1113 | window->setMask(newmask);
|
|---|
| 1114 | QWidget *recurse = 0;
|
|---|
| 1115 | if (QApplication::topLevelAt(p) != window) // verify recursion will terminate
|
|---|
| 1116 | recurse = widgetAt(x, y);
|
|---|
| 1117 | if (oldmask.isEmpty())
|
|---|
| 1118 | window->clearMask();
|
|---|
| 1119 | else
|
|---|
| 1120 | window->setMask(oldmask);
|
|---|
| 1121 | return recurse;
|
|---|
| 1122 | }
|
|---|
| 1123 | return window;
|
|---|
| 1124 | }
|
|---|
| 1125 |
|
|---|
| 1126 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1127 | \fn QWidget *QApplication::widgetAt(int x, int y)
|
|---|
| 1128 |
|
|---|
| 1129 | \overload
|
|---|
| 1130 |
|
|---|
| 1131 | Returns the widget at global screen position (\a x, \a y), or 0 if there is
|
|---|
| 1132 | no Qt widget there.
|
|---|
| 1133 | */
|
|---|
| 1134 |
|
|---|
| 1135 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1136 | \fn void QApplication::setArgs(int argc, char **argv)
|
|---|
| 1137 | \internal
|
|---|
| 1138 | */
|
|---|
| 1139 |
|
|---|
| 1140 |
|
|---|
| 1141 |
|
|---|
| 1142 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1143 | \internal
|
|---|
| 1144 | */
|
|---|
| 1145 | bool QApplication::compressEvent(QEvent *event, QObject *receiver, QPostEventList *postedEvents)
|
|---|
| 1146 | {
|
|---|
| 1147 | if ((event->type() == QEvent::UpdateRequest
|
|---|
| 1148 | #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
|
|---|
| 1149 | || event->type() == QEvent::LayoutHint
|
|---|
| 1150 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1151 | || event->type() == QEvent::LayoutRequest
|
|---|
| 1152 | || event->type() == QEvent::Resize
|
|---|
| 1153 | || event->type() == QEvent::Move
|
|---|
| 1154 | || event->type() == QEvent::LanguageChange
|
|---|
| 1155 | || event->type() == QEvent::InputMethod)) {
|
|---|
| 1156 | for (int i = 0; i < postedEvents->size(); ++i) {
|
|---|
| 1157 | const QPostEvent &cur = postedEvents->at(i);
|
|---|
| 1158 | if (cur.receiver != receiver || cur.event == 0 || cur.event->type() != event->type())
|
|---|
| 1159 | continue;
|
|---|
| 1160 | if (cur.event->type() == QEvent::LayoutRequest
|
|---|
| 1161 | #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
|
|---|
| 1162 | || cur.event->type() == QEvent::LayoutHint
|
|---|
| 1163 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1164 | || cur.event->type() == QEvent::UpdateRequest) {
|
|---|
| 1165 | ;
|
|---|
| 1166 | } else if (cur.event->type() == QEvent::Resize) {
|
|---|
| 1167 | ((QResizeEvent *)(cur.event))->s = ((QResizeEvent *)event)->s;
|
|---|
| 1168 | } else if (cur.event->type() == QEvent::Move) {
|
|---|
| 1169 | ((QMoveEvent *)(cur.event))->p = ((QMoveEvent *)event)->p;
|
|---|
| 1170 | } else if (cur.event->type() == QEvent::LanguageChange) {
|
|---|
| 1171 | ;
|
|---|
| 1172 | } else if ( cur.event->type() == QEvent::InputMethod ) {
|
|---|
| 1173 | *(QInputMethodEvent *)(cur.event) = *(QInputMethodEvent *)event;
|
|---|
| 1174 | } else {
|
|---|
| 1175 | continue;
|
|---|
| 1176 | }
|
|---|
| 1177 | delete event;
|
|---|
| 1178 | return true;
|
|---|
| 1179 | }
|
|---|
| 1180 | return false;
|
|---|
| 1181 | }
|
|---|
| 1182 | return QCoreApplication::compressEvent(event, receiver, postedEvents);
|
|---|
| 1183 | }
|
|---|
| 1184 |
|
|---|
| 1185 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1186 | \property QApplication::styleSheet
|
|---|
| 1187 | \brief the application style sheet
|
|---|
| 1188 | \since 4.2
|
|---|
| 1189 |
|
|---|
| 1190 | By default, this property returns an empty string unless the user specifies
|
|---|
| 1191 | the \c{-stylesheet} option on the command line when running the application.
|
|---|
| 1192 |
|
|---|
| 1193 | \sa QWidget::setStyle(), {Qt Style Sheets}
|
|---|
| 1194 | */
|
|---|
| 1195 |
|
|---|
| 1196 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1197 | \property QApplication::autoMaximizeThreshold
|
|---|
| 1198 | \since 4.4
|
|---|
| 1199 | \brief defines a threshold for auto maximizing widgets
|
|---|
| 1200 |
|
|---|
| 1201 | The auto maximize threshold is only available as part of Qt for Windows CE.
|
|---|
| 1202 |
|
|---|
| 1203 | This property defines a threshold for the size of a window as a percentage
|
|---|
| 1204 | of the screen size. If the minimum size hint of a window exceeds the
|
|---|
| 1205 | threshold, calling show() will then cause the window to be maximized
|
|---|
| 1206 | automatically.
|
|---|
| 1207 |
|
|---|
| 1208 | Setting the threshold to be 100 or greater means that it will cause it to
|
|---|
| 1209 | always be maximized. Setting it to be 50 means that the widget is maximized
|
|---|
| 1210 | if the vertical minimum size hint is at least 50% of the vertical screen
|
|---|
| 1211 | size.
|
|---|
| 1212 |
|
|---|
| 1213 | If -1 is specified then this will disable the feature.
|
|---|
| 1214 |
|
|---|
| 1215 | On Windows CE the default is -1 (i.e. it is disabled).
|
|---|
| 1216 | On Windows Mobile the default is 40.
|
|---|
| 1217 | */
|
|---|
| 1218 |
|
|---|
| 1219 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1220 | \property QApplication::autoSipEnabled
|
|---|
| 1221 | \since 4.5
|
|---|
| 1222 | \brief toggles automatic SIP (software input panel) visibility
|
|---|
| 1223 |
|
|---|
| 1224 | The auto SIP property is only available as part of Qt for Windows CE.
|
|---|
| 1225 |
|
|---|
| 1226 | Set this property to true to automatically display the SIP when entering
|
|---|
| 1227 | widgets that accept keyboard input. This property only affects widgets with
|
|---|
| 1228 | the WA_InputMethodEnabled attribute set.
|
|---|
| 1229 | */
|
|---|
| 1230 |
|
|---|
| 1231 | #ifdef Q_OS_WINCE
|
|---|
| 1232 | void QApplication::setAutoMaximizeThreshold(const int threshold)
|
|---|
| 1233 | {
|
|---|
| 1234 | QApplicationPrivate::autoMaximizeThreshold = threshold;
|
|---|
| 1235 | }
|
|---|
| 1236 |
|
|---|
| 1237 | int QApplication::autoMaximizeThreshold() const
|
|---|
| 1238 | {
|
|---|
| 1239 | return QApplicationPrivate::autoMaximizeThreshold;
|
|---|
| 1240 | }
|
|---|
| 1241 |
|
|---|
| 1242 | void QApplication::setAutoSipEnabled(const bool enabled)
|
|---|
| 1243 | {
|
|---|
| 1244 | QApplicationPrivate::autoSipEnabled = enabled;
|
|---|
| 1245 | }
|
|---|
| 1246 |
|
|---|
| 1247 | bool QApplication::autoSipEnabled() const
|
|---|
| 1248 | {
|
|---|
| 1249 | return QApplicationPrivate::autoSipEnabled;
|
|---|
| 1250 | }
|
|---|
| 1251 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1252 |
|
|---|
| 1253 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
|
|---|
| 1254 |
|
|---|
| 1255 | QString QApplication::styleSheet() const
|
|---|
| 1256 | {
|
|---|
| 1257 | return QApplicationPrivate::styleSheet;
|
|---|
| 1258 | }
|
|---|
| 1259 |
|
|---|
| 1260 | void QApplication::setStyleSheet(const QString& styleSheet)
|
|---|
| 1261 | {
|
|---|
| 1262 | QApplicationPrivate::styleSheet = styleSheet;
|
|---|
| 1263 | QStyleSheetStyle *proxy = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle*>(QApplicationPrivate::app_style);
|
|---|
| 1264 | if (styleSheet.isEmpty()) { // application style sheet removed
|
|---|
| 1265 | if (!proxy)
|
|---|
| 1266 | return; // there was no stylesheet before
|
|---|
| 1267 | setStyle(proxy->base);
|
|---|
| 1268 | } else if (proxy) { // style sheet update, just repolish
|
|---|
| 1269 | proxy->repolish(qApp);
|
|---|
| 1270 | } else { // stylesheet set the first time
|
|---|
| 1271 | QStyleSheetStyle *newProxy = new QStyleSheetStyle(QApplicationPrivate::app_style);
|
|---|
| 1272 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style->setParent(newProxy);
|
|---|
| 1273 | setStyle(newProxy);
|
|---|
| 1274 | }
|
|---|
| 1275 | }
|
|---|
| 1276 |
|
|---|
| 1277 | #endif // QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
|
|---|
| 1278 |
|
|---|
| 1279 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1280 | Returns the application's style object.
|
|---|
| 1281 |
|
|---|
| 1282 | \sa setStyle(), QStyle
|
|---|
| 1283 | */
|
|---|
| 1284 | QStyle *QApplication::style()
|
|---|
| 1285 | {
|
|---|
| 1286 | if (QApplicationPrivate::app_style)
|
|---|
| 1287 | return QApplicationPrivate::app_style;
|
|---|
| 1288 | if (!qt_is_gui_used) {
|
|---|
| 1289 | Q_ASSERT(!"No style available in non-gui applications!");
|
|---|
| 1290 | return 0;
|
|---|
| 1291 | }
|
|---|
| 1292 |
|
|---|
| 1293 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11)
|
|---|
| 1294 | if(!QApplicationPrivate::styleOverride)
|
|---|
| 1295 | QApplicationPrivate::x11_initialize_style(); // run-time search for default style
|
|---|
| 1296 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1297 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::app_style) {
|
|---|
| 1298 | // Compile-time search for default style
|
|---|
| 1299 | //
|
|---|
| 1300 | QString style;
|
|---|
| 1301 | if (QApplicationPrivate::styleOverride) {
|
|---|
| 1302 | style = *QApplicationPrivate::styleOverride;
|
|---|
| 1303 | delete QApplicationPrivate::styleOverride;
|
|---|
| 1304 | QApplicationPrivate::styleOverride = 0;
|
|---|
| 1305 | } else {
|
|---|
| 1306 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) && defined(Q_OS_WINCE)
|
|---|
| 1307 | if (qt_wince_is_smartphone() || qt_wince_is_pocket_pc())
|
|---|
| 1308 | style = QLatin1String("WindowsMobile");
|
|---|
| 1309 | else
|
|---|
| 1310 | style = QLatin1String("WindowsCE");
|
|---|
| 1311 |
|
|---|
| 1312 | #elif defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
|---|
| 1313 | if ((QSysInfo::WindowsVersion >= QSysInfo::WV_VISTA
|
|---|
| 1314 | && QSysInfo::WindowsVersion < QSysInfo::WV_NT_based))
|
|---|
| 1315 | style = QLatin1String("WindowsVista");
|
|---|
| 1316 | else if ((QSysInfo::WindowsVersion >= QSysInfo::WV_XP
|
|---|
| 1317 | && QSysInfo::WindowsVersion < QSysInfo::WV_NT_based))
|
|---|
| 1318 | style = QLatin1String("WindowsXP");
|
|---|
| 1319 | else
|
|---|
| 1320 | style = QLatin1String("Windows"); // default styles for Windows
|
|---|
| 1321 | #elif defined(Q_WS_X11) && defined(Q_OS_SOLARIS)
|
|---|
| 1322 | style = QLatin1String("CDE"); // default style for X11 on Solaris
|
|---|
| 1323 | #elif defined(Q_WS_X11) && defined(Q_OS_IRIX)
|
|---|
| 1324 | style = QLatin1String("SGI"); // default style for X11 on IRIX
|
|---|
| 1325 | #elif defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_QWS)
|
|---|
| 1326 | style = QLatin1String("Plastique"); // default style for X11 and small devices
|
|---|
| 1327 | #elif defined(Q_WS_MAC)
|
|---|
| 1328 | style = QLatin1String("Macintosh"); // default style for all Mac's
|
|---|
| 1329 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1330 | }
|
|---|
| 1331 |
|
|---|
| 1332 | QStyle *&app_style = QApplicationPrivate::app_style;
|
|---|
| 1333 | app_style = QStyleFactory::create(style);
|
|---|
| 1334 | if (!app_style) {
|
|---|
| 1335 | QStringList styles = QStyleFactory::keys();
|
|---|
| 1336 | for (int i = 0; i < styles.size(); ++i) {
|
|---|
| 1337 | if ((app_style = QStyleFactory::create(styles.at(i))))
|
|---|
| 1338 | break;
|
|---|
| 1339 | }
|
|---|
| 1340 | }
|
|---|
| 1341 | if (!app_style) {
|
|---|
| 1342 | Q_ASSERT(!"No styles available!");
|
|---|
| 1343 | return 0;
|
|---|
| 1344 | }
|
|---|
| 1345 | }
|
|---|
| 1346 | // take ownership of the style
|
|---|
| 1347 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style->setParent(qApp);
|
|---|
| 1348 |
|
|---|
| 1349 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::sys_pal)
|
|---|
| 1350 | QApplicationPrivate::setSystemPalette(QApplicationPrivate::app_style->standardPalette());
|
|---|
| 1351 | if (QApplicationPrivate::set_pal) // repolish set palette with the new style
|
|---|
| 1352 | QApplication::setPalette(*QApplicationPrivate::set_pal);
|
|---|
| 1353 |
|
|---|
| 1354 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
|
|---|
| 1355 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::styleSheet.isEmpty()) {
|
|---|
| 1356 | qApp->setStyleSheet(QApplicationPrivate::styleSheet);
|
|---|
| 1357 | } else
|
|---|
| 1358 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1359 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style->polish(qApp);
|
|---|
| 1360 |
|
|---|
| 1361 | return QApplicationPrivate::app_style;
|
|---|
| 1362 | }
|
|---|
| 1363 |
|
|---|
| 1364 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1365 | Sets the application's GUI style to \a style. Ownership of the style object
|
|---|
| 1366 | is transferred to QApplication, so QApplication will delete the style
|
|---|
| 1367 | object on application exit or when a new style is set and the old style is
|
|---|
| 1368 | still the parent of the application object.
|
|---|
| 1369 |
|
|---|
| 1370 | Example usage:
|
|---|
| 1371 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 1
|
|---|
| 1372 |
|
|---|
| 1373 | When switching application styles, the color palette is set back to the
|
|---|
| 1374 | initial colors or the system defaults. This is necessary since certain
|
|---|
| 1375 | styles have to adapt the color palette to be fully style-guide compliant.
|
|---|
| 1376 |
|
|---|
| 1377 | Setting the style before a palette has been se, i.e., before creating
|
|---|
| 1378 | QApplication, will cause the application to use QStyle::standardPalette()
|
|---|
| 1379 | for the palette.
|
|---|
| 1380 |
|
|---|
| 1381 | \warning Qt style sheets are currently not supported for custom QStyle
|
|---|
| 1382 | subclasses. We plan to address this in some future release.
|
|---|
| 1383 |
|
|---|
| 1384 | \sa style(), QStyle, setPalette(), desktopSettingsAware()
|
|---|
| 1385 | */
|
|---|
| 1386 | void QApplication::setStyle(QStyle *style)
|
|---|
| 1387 | {
|
|---|
| 1388 | if (!style || style == QApplicationPrivate::app_style)
|
|---|
| 1389 | return;
|
|---|
| 1390 |
|
|---|
| 1391 | QWidgetList all = allWidgets();
|
|---|
| 1392 |
|
|---|
| 1393 | // clean up the old style
|
|---|
| 1394 | if (QApplicationPrivate::app_style) {
|
|---|
| 1395 | if (QApplicationPrivate::is_app_running && !QApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing) {
|
|---|
| 1396 | for (QWidgetList::ConstIterator it = all.constBegin(); it != all.constEnd(); ++it) {
|
|---|
| 1397 | register QWidget *w = *it;
|
|---|
| 1398 | if (!(w->windowType() == Qt::Desktop) && // except desktop
|
|---|
| 1399 | w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Polished)) { // has been polished
|
|---|
| 1400 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style->unpolish(w);
|
|---|
| 1401 | }
|
|---|
| 1402 | }
|
|---|
| 1403 | }
|
|---|
| 1404 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style->unpolish(qApp);
|
|---|
| 1405 | }
|
|---|
| 1406 |
|
|---|
| 1407 | QStyle *old = QApplicationPrivate::app_style; // save
|
|---|
| 1408 |
|
|---|
| 1409 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
|
|---|
| 1410 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::styleSheet.isEmpty() && !qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(style)) {
|
|---|
| 1411 | // we have a stylesheet already and a new style is being set
|
|---|
| 1412 | QStyleSheetStyle *newProxy = new QStyleSheetStyle(style);
|
|---|
| 1413 | style->setParent(newProxy);
|
|---|
| 1414 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style = newProxy;
|
|---|
| 1415 | } else
|
|---|
| 1416 | #endif // QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
|
|---|
| 1417 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style = style;
|
|---|
| 1418 |
|
|---|
| 1419 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style->setParent(qApp); // take ownership
|
|---|
| 1420 |
|
|---|
| 1421 | // take care of possible palette requirements of certain gui
|
|---|
| 1422 | // styles. Do it before polishing the application since the style
|
|---|
| 1423 | // might call QApplication::setPalette() itself
|
|---|
| 1424 | if (QApplicationPrivate::set_pal) {
|
|---|
| 1425 | QApplication::setPalette(*QApplicationPrivate::set_pal);
|
|---|
| 1426 | } else if (QApplicationPrivate::sys_pal) {
|
|---|
| 1427 | QApplicationPrivate::initializeWidgetPaletteHash();
|
|---|
| 1428 | QApplicationPrivate::setPalette_helper(*QApplicationPrivate::sys_pal, /*className=*/0, /*clearWidgetPaletteHash=*/false);
|
|---|
| 1429 | } else if (!QApplicationPrivate::sys_pal) {
|
|---|
| 1430 | // Initialize the sys_pal if it hasn't happened yet...
|
|---|
| 1431 | QApplicationPrivate::setSystemPalette(QApplicationPrivate::app_style->standardPalette());
|
|---|
| 1432 | }
|
|---|
| 1433 |
|
|---|
| 1434 | // initialize the application with the new style
|
|---|
| 1435 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style->polish(qApp);
|
|---|
| 1436 |
|
|---|
| 1437 | // re-polish existing widgets if necessary
|
|---|
| 1438 | if (QApplicationPrivate::is_app_running && !QApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing) {
|
|---|
| 1439 | for (QWidgetList::ConstIterator it1 = all.constBegin(); it1 != all.constEnd(); ++it1) {
|
|---|
| 1440 | register QWidget *w = *it1;
|
|---|
| 1441 | if (w->windowType() != Qt::Desktop && w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Polished)) {
|
|---|
| 1442 | if (w->style() == QApplicationPrivate::app_style)
|
|---|
| 1443 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style->polish(w); // repolish
|
|---|
| 1444 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
|
|---|
| 1445 | else
|
|---|
| 1446 | w->setStyleSheet(w->styleSheet()); // touch
|
|---|
| 1447 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1448 | }
|
|---|
| 1449 | }
|
|---|
| 1450 |
|
|---|
| 1451 | for (QWidgetList::ConstIterator it2 = all.constBegin(); it2 != all.constEnd(); ++it2) {
|
|---|
| 1452 | register QWidget *w = *it2;
|
|---|
| 1453 | if (w->windowType() != Qt::Desktop && !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetStyle)) {
|
|---|
| 1454 | QEvent e(QEvent::StyleChange);
|
|---|
| 1455 | QApplication::sendEvent(w, &e);
|
|---|
| 1456 | #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
|
|---|
| 1457 | if (old)
|
|---|
| 1458 | w->styleChange(*old);
|
|---|
| 1459 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1460 | w->update();
|
|---|
| 1461 | }
|
|---|
| 1462 | }
|
|---|
| 1463 | }
|
|---|
| 1464 |
|
|---|
| 1465 | #ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET
|
|---|
| 1466 | if (QStyleSheetStyle *oldProxy = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(old)) {
|
|---|
| 1467 | oldProxy->deref();
|
|---|
| 1468 | } else
|
|---|
| 1469 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1470 | if (old && old->parent() == qApp) {
|
|---|
| 1471 | delete old;
|
|---|
| 1472 | }
|
|---|
| 1473 |
|
|---|
| 1474 | if (QApplicationPrivate::focus_widget) {
|
|---|
| 1475 | QFocusEvent in(QEvent::FocusIn, Qt::OtherFocusReason);
|
|---|
| 1476 | QApplication::sendEvent(QApplicationPrivate::focus_widget->style(), &in);
|
|---|
| 1477 | QApplicationPrivate::focus_widget->update();
|
|---|
| 1478 | }
|
|---|
| 1479 | }
|
|---|
| 1480 |
|
|---|
| 1481 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1482 | \overload
|
|---|
| 1483 |
|
|---|
| 1484 | Requests a QStyle object for \a style from the QStyleFactory.
|
|---|
| 1485 |
|
|---|
| 1486 | The string must be one of the QStyleFactory::keys(), typically one of
|
|---|
| 1487 | "windows", "motif", "cde", "plastique", "windowsxp", or "macintosh". Style
|
|---|
| 1488 | names are case insensitive.
|
|---|
| 1489 |
|
|---|
| 1490 | Returns 0 if an unknown \a style is passed, otherwise the QStyle object
|
|---|
| 1491 | returned is set as the application's GUI style.
|
|---|
| 1492 |
|
|---|
| 1493 | \warning To ensure that the application's style is set correctly, it is
|
|---|
| 1494 | best to call this function before the QApplication constructor, if
|
|---|
| 1495 | possible.
|
|---|
| 1496 | */
|
|---|
| 1497 | QStyle* QApplication::setStyle(const QString& style)
|
|---|
| 1498 | {
|
|---|
| 1499 | QStyle *s = QStyleFactory::create(style);
|
|---|
| 1500 | if (!s)
|
|---|
| 1501 | return 0;
|
|---|
| 1502 |
|
|---|
| 1503 | setStyle(s);
|
|---|
| 1504 | return s;
|
|---|
| 1505 | }
|
|---|
| 1506 |
|
|---|
| 1507 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1508 | \since 4.5
|
|---|
| 1509 |
|
|---|
| 1510 | Sets the default graphics backend to \a system, which will be used for
|
|---|
| 1511 | on-screen widgets and QPixmaps. The available systems are \c{"native"},
|
|---|
| 1512 | \c{"raster"} and \c{"opengl"}.
|
|---|
| 1513 |
|
|---|
| 1514 | This function call overrides both the application commandline
|
|---|
| 1515 | \c{-graphicssystem} switch and the configure \c{-graphicssystem} switch.
|
|---|
| 1516 |
|
|---|
| 1517 | \warning This function must be called before the QApplication constructor
|
|---|
| 1518 | is called.
|
|---|
| 1519 |
|
|---|
| 1520 | \note The \c{"opengl"} option is currently experimental.
|
|---|
| 1521 | */
|
|---|
| 1522 |
|
|---|
| 1523 | void QApplication::setGraphicsSystem(const QString &system)
|
|---|
| 1524 | {
|
|---|
| 1525 | QApplicationPrivate::graphics_system_name = system;
|
|---|
| 1526 | }
|
|---|
| 1527 |
|
|---|
| 1528 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1529 | Returns the color specification.
|
|---|
| 1530 |
|
|---|
| 1531 | \sa QApplication::setColorSpec()
|
|---|
| 1532 | */
|
|---|
| 1533 |
|
|---|
| 1534 | int QApplication::colorSpec()
|
|---|
| 1535 | {
|
|---|
| 1536 | return QApplicationPrivate::app_cspec;
|
|---|
| 1537 | }
|
|---|
| 1538 |
|
|---|
| 1539 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1540 | Sets the color specification for the application to \a spec.
|
|---|
| 1541 |
|
|---|
| 1542 | The color specification controls how the application allocates colors when
|
|---|
| 1543 | run on a display with a limited amount of colors, e.g. 8 bit / 256 color
|
|---|
| 1544 | displays.
|
|---|
| 1545 |
|
|---|
| 1546 | The color specification must be set before you create the QApplication
|
|---|
| 1547 | object.
|
|---|
| 1548 |
|
|---|
| 1549 | The options are:
|
|---|
| 1550 | \list
|
|---|
| 1551 | \o QApplication::NormalColor. This is the default color allocation
|
|---|
| 1552 | strategy. Use this option if your application uses buttons, menus,
|
|---|
| 1553 | texts and pixmaps with few colors. With this option, the
|
|---|
| 1554 | application uses system global colors. This works fine for most
|
|---|
| 1555 | applications under X11, but on Windows machines it may cause
|
|---|
| 1556 | dithering of non-standard colors.
|
|---|
| 1557 | \o QApplication::CustomColor. Use this option if your application
|
|---|
| 1558 | needs a small number of custom colors. On X11, this option is the
|
|---|
| 1559 | same as NormalColor. On Windows, Qt creates a Windows palette, and
|
|---|
| 1560 | allocates colors to it on demand.
|
|---|
| 1561 | \o QApplication::ManyColor. Use this option if your application is
|
|---|
| 1562 | very color hungry, e.g., it requires thousands of colors. \br
|
|---|
| 1563 | Under X11 the effect is:
|
|---|
| 1564 | \list
|
|---|
| 1565 | \o For 256-color displays which have at best a 256 color true
|
|---|
| 1566 | color visual, the default visual is used, and colors are
|
|---|
| 1567 | allocated from a color cube. The color cube is the 6x6x6
|
|---|
| 1568 | (216 color) "Web palette" (the red, green, and blue
|
|---|
| 1569 | components always have one of the following values: 0x00,
|
|---|
| 1570 | 0x33, 0x66, 0x99, 0xCC, or 0xFF), but the number of colors
|
|---|
| 1571 | can be changed by the \e -ncols option. The user can force
|
|---|
| 1572 | the application to use the true color visual with the
|
|---|
| 1573 | \l{QApplication::QApplication()}{-visual} option.
|
|---|
| 1574 | \o For 256-color displays which have a true color visual with
|
|---|
| 1575 | more than 256 colors, use that visual. Silicon Graphics X
|
|---|
| 1576 | servers this feature, for example. They provide an 8 bit
|
|---|
| 1577 | visual by default but can deliver true color when asked.
|
|---|
| 1578 | \endlist
|
|---|
| 1579 | On Windows, Qt creates a Windows palette, and fills it with a color
|
|---|
| 1580 | cube.
|
|---|
| 1581 | \endlist
|
|---|
| 1582 |
|
|---|
| 1583 | Be aware that the CustomColor and ManyColor choices may lead to colormap
|
|---|
| 1584 | flashing: The foreground application gets (most) of the available colors,
|
|---|
| 1585 | while the background windows will look less attractive.
|
|---|
| 1586 |
|
|---|
| 1587 | Example:
|
|---|
| 1588 |
|
|---|
| 1589 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 2
|
|---|
| 1590 |
|
|---|
| 1591 | \sa colorSpec()
|
|---|
| 1592 | */
|
|---|
| 1593 |
|
|---|
| 1594 | void QApplication::setColorSpec(int spec)
|
|---|
| 1595 | {
|
|---|
| 1596 | if (qApp)
|
|---|
| 1597 | qWarning("QApplication::setColorSpec: This function must be "
|
|---|
| 1598 | "called before the QApplication object is created");
|
|---|
| 1599 | QApplicationPrivate::app_cspec = spec;
|
|---|
| 1600 | }
|
|---|
| 1601 |
|
|---|
| 1602 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1603 | \property QApplication::globalStrut
|
|---|
| 1604 | \brief the minimum size that any GUI element that the user can interact
|
|---|
| 1605 | with should have
|
|---|
| 1606 |
|
|---|
| 1607 | For example, no button should be resized to be smaller than the global
|
|---|
| 1608 | strut size. The strut size should be considered when reimplementing GUI
|
|---|
| 1609 | controls that may be used on touch-screens or similar I/O devices.
|
|---|
| 1610 |
|
|---|
| 1611 | Example:
|
|---|
| 1612 |
|
|---|
| 1613 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 3
|
|---|
| 1614 |
|
|---|
| 1615 | By default, this property contains a QSize object with zero width and height.
|
|---|
| 1616 | */
|
|---|
| 1617 | QSize QApplication::globalStrut()
|
|---|
| 1618 | {
|
|---|
| 1619 | return QApplicationPrivate::app_strut;
|
|---|
| 1620 | }
|
|---|
| 1621 |
|
|---|
| 1622 | void QApplication::setGlobalStrut(const QSize& strut)
|
|---|
| 1623 | {
|
|---|
| 1624 | QApplicationPrivate::app_strut = strut;
|
|---|
| 1625 | }
|
|---|
| 1626 |
|
|---|
| 1627 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1628 | Returns the application palette.
|
|---|
| 1629 |
|
|---|
| 1630 | \sa setPalette(), QWidget::palette()
|
|---|
| 1631 | */
|
|---|
| 1632 | QPalette QApplication::palette()
|
|---|
| 1633 | {
|
|---|
| 1634 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::app_pal)
|
|---|
| 1635 | QApplicationPrivate::app_pal = new QPalette(Qt::black);
|
|---|
| 1636 | return *QApplicationPrivate::app_pal;
|
|---|
| 1637 | }
|
|---|
| 1638 |
|
|---|
| 1639 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1640 | \fn QPalette QApplication::palette(const QWidget* widget)
|
|---|
| 1641 | \overload
|
|---|
| 1642 |
|
|---|
| 1643 | If a \a widget is passed, the default palette for the widget's class is
|
|---|
| 1644 | returned. This may or may not be the application palette. In most cases
|
|---|
| 1645 | there is no special palette for certain types of widgets, but one notable
|
|---|
| 1646 | exception is the popup menu under Windows, if the user has defined a
|
|---|
| 1647 | special background color for menus in the display settings.
|
|---|
| 1648 |
|
|---|
| 1649 | \sa setPalette(), QWidget::palette()
|
|---|
| 1650 | */
|
|---|
| 1651 | QPalette QApplication::palette(const QWidget* w)
|
|---|
| 1652 | {
|
|---|
| 1653 | PaletteHash *hash = app_palettes();
|
|---|
| 1654 | if (w && hash && hash->size()) {
|
|---|
| 1655 | QHash<QByteArray, QPalette>::ConstIterator it = hash->constFind(w->metaObject()->className());
|
|---|
| 1656 | if (it != hash->constEnd())
|
|---|
| 1657 | return *it;
|
|---|
| 1658 | for (it = hash->constBegin(); it != hash->constEnd(); ++it) {
|
|---|
| 1659 | if (w->inherits(it.key()))
|
|---|
| 1660 | return it.value();
|
|---|
| 1661 | }
|
|---|
| 1662 | }
|
|---|
| 1663 | return palette();
|
|---|
| 1664 | }
|
|---|
| 1665 |
|
|---|
| 1666 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1667 | \overload
|
|---|
| 1668 |
|
|---|
| 1669 | Returns the palette for widgets of the given \a className.
|
|---|
| 1670 |
|
|---|
| 1671 | \sa setPalette(), QWidget::palette()
|
|---|
| 1672 | */
|
|---|
| 1673 | QPalette QApplication::palette(const char *className)
|
|---|
| 1674 | {
|
|---|
| 1675 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::app_pal)
|
|---|
| 1676 | palette();
|
|---|
| 1677 | PaletteHash *hash = app_palettes();
|
|---|
| 1678 | if (className && hash && hash->size()) {
|
|---|
| 1679 | QHash<QByteArray, QPalette>::ConstIterator it = hash->constFind(className);
|
|---|
| 1680 | if (it != hash->constEnd())
|
|---|
| 1681 | return *it;
|
|---|
| 1682 | }
|
|---|
| 1683 | return *QApplicationPrivate::app_pal;
|
|---|
| 1684 | }
|
|---|
| 1685 |
|
|---|
| 1686 | void QApplicationPrivate::setPalette_helper(const QPalette &palette, const char* className, bool clearWidgetPaletteHash)
|
|---|
| 1687 | {
|
|---|
| 1688 | QPalette pal = palette;
|
|---|
| 1689 |
|
|---|
| 1690 | if (QApplicationPrivate::app_style)
|
|---|
| 1691 | QApplicationPrivate::app_style->polish(pal); // NB: non-const reference
|
|---|
| 1692 |
|
|---|
| 1693 | bool all = false;
|
|---|
| 1694 | PaletteHash *hash = app_palettes();
|
|---|
| 1695 | if (!className) {
|
|---|
| 1696 | if (QApplicationPrivate::app_pal && pal.isCopyOf(*QApplicationPrivate::app_pal))
|
|---|
| 1697 | return;
|
|---|
| 1698 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::app_pal)
|
|---|
| 1699 | QApplicationPrivate::app_pal = new QPalette(pal);
|
|---|
| 1700 | else
|
|---|
| 1701 | *QApplicationPrivate::app_pal = pal;
|
|---|
| 1702 | if (hash && hash->size()) {
|
|---|
| 1703 | all = true;
|
|---|
| 1704 | if (clearWidgetPaletteHash)
|
|---|
| 1705 | hash->clear();
|
|---|
| 1706 | }
|
|---|
| 1707 | } else if (hash) {
|
|---|
| 1708 | hash->insert(className, pal);
|
|---|
| 1709 | }
|
|---|
| 1710 |
|
|---|
| 1711 | if (QApplicationPrivate::is_app_running && !QApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing) {
|
|---|
| 1712 | // Send ApplicationPaletteChange to qApp itself, and to the widgets.
|
|---|
| 1713 | QEvent e(QEvent::ApplicationPaletteChange);
|
|---|
| 1714 | QApplication::sendEvent(QApplication::instance(), &e);
|
|---|
| 1715 |
|
|---|
| 1716 | QWidgetList wids = QApplication::allWidgets();
|
|---|
| 1717 | for (QWidgetList::ConstIterator it = wids.constBegin(); it != wids.constEnd(); ++it) {
|
|---|
| 1718 | register QWidget *w = *it;
|
|---|
| 1719 | if (all || (!className && w->isWindow()) || w->inherits(className)) // matching class
|
|---|
| 1720 | QApplication::sendEvent(w, &e);
|
|---|
| 1721 | }
|
|---|
| 1722 |
|
|---|
| 1723 | // Send to all scenes as well.
|
|---|
| 1724 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
|---|
| 1725 | QList<QGraphicsScene *> &scenes = qApp->d_func()->scene_list;
|
|---|
| 1726 | for (QList<QGraphicsScene *>::ConstIterator it = scenes.constBegin();
|
|---|
| 1727 | it != scenes.constEnd(); ++it) {
|
|---|
| 1728 | QApplication::sendEvent(*it, &e);
|
|---|
| 1729 | }
|
|---|
| 1730 | #endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
|---|
| 1731 | }
|
|---|
| 1732 | if (!className && (!QApplicationPrivate::sys_pal || !palette.isCopyOf(*QApplicationPrivate::sys_pal))) {
|
|---|
| 1733 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::set_pal)
|
|---|
| 1734 | QApplicationPrivate::set_pal = new QPalette(palette);
|
|---|
| 1735 | else
|
|---|
| 1736 | *QApplicationPrivate::set_pal = palette;
|
|---|
| 1737 | }
|
|---|
| 1738 | }
|
|---|
| 1739 |
|
|---|
| 1740 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1741 | Changes the default application palette to \a palette.
|
|---|
| 1742 |
|
|---|
| 1743 | If \a className is passed, the change applies only to widgets that inherit
|
|---|
| 1744 | \a className (as reported by QObject::inherits()). If \a className is left
|
|---|
| 1745 | 0, the change affects all widgets, thus overriding any previously set class
|
|---|
| 1746 | specific palettes.
|
|---|
| 1747 |
|
|---|
| 1748 | The palette may be changed according to the current GUI style in
|
|---|
| 1749 | QStyle::polish().
|
|---|
| 1750 |
|
|---|
| 1751 | \warning Do not use this function in conjunction with \l{Qt Style Sheets}.
|
|---|
| 1752 | When using style sheets, the palette of a widget can be customized using
|
|---|
| 1753 | the "color", "background-color", "selection-color",
|
|---|
| 1754 | "selection-background-color" and "alternate-background-color".
|
|---|
| 1755 |
|
|---|
| 1756 | \note Some styles do not use the palette for all drawing, for instance, if
|
|---|
| 1757 | they make use of native theme engines. This is the case for the Windows XP,
|
|---|
| 1758 | Windows Vista, and Mac OS X styles.
|
|---|
| 1759 |
|
|---|
| 1760 | \sa QWidget::setPalette(), palette(), QStyle::polish()
|
|---|
| 1761 | */
|
|---|
| 1762 |
|
|---|
| 1763 | void QApplication::setPalette(const QPalette &palette, const char* className)
|
|---|
| 1764 | {
|
|---|
| 1765 | QApplicationPrivate::setPalette_helper(palette, className, /*clearWidgetPaletteHash=*/ true);
|
|---|
| 1766 | }
|
|---|
| 1767 |
|
|---|
| 1768 |
|
|---|
| 1769 |
|
|---|
| 1770 | void QApplicationPrivate::setSystemPalette(const QPalette &pal)
|
|---|
| 1771 | {
|
|---|
| 1772 | QPalette adjusted;
|
|---|
| 1773 |
|
|---|
| 1774 | #if 0
|
|---|
| 1775 | // adjust the system palette to avoid dithering
|
|---|
| 1776 | QColormap cmap = QColormap::instance();
|
|---|
| 1777 | if (cmap.depths() > 4 && cmap.depths() < 24) {
|
|---|
| 1778 | for (int g = 0; g < QPalette::NColorGroups; g++)
|
|---|
| 1779 | for (int i = 0; i < QPalette::NColorRoles; i++) {
|
|---|
| 1780 | QColor color = pal.color((QPalette::ColorGroup)g, (QPalette::ColorRole)i);
|
|---|
| 1781 | color = cmap.colorAt(cmap.pixel(color));
|
|---|
| 1782 | adjusted.setColor((QPalette::ColorGroup)g, (QPalette::ColorRole) i, color);
|
|---|
| 1783 | }
|
|---|
| 1784 | }
|
|---|
| 1785 | #else
|
|---|
| 1786 | adjusted = pal;
|
|---|
| 1787 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1788 |
|
|---|
| 1789 | if (!sys_pal)
|
|---|
| 1790 | sys_pal = new QPalette(adjusted);
|
|---|
| 1791 | else
|
|---|
| 1792 | *sys_pal = adjusted;
|
|---|
| 1793 |
|
|---|
| 1794 |
|
|---|
| 1795 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::set_pal)
|
|---|
| 1796 | QApplication::setPalette(*sys_pal);
|
|---|
| 1797 | }
|
|---|
| 1798 |
|
|---|
| 1799 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1800 | Returns the default application font.
|
|---|
| 1801 |
|
|---|
| 1802 | \sa fontMetrics(), QWidget::font()
|
|---|
| 1803 | */
|
|---|
| 1804 | QFont QApplication::font()
|
|---|
| 1805 | {
|
|---|
| 1806 | QMutexLocker locker(applicationFontMutex());
|
|---|
| 1807 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::app_font)
|
|---|
| 1808 | QApplicationPrivate::app_font = new QFont(QLatin1String("Helvetica"));
|
|---|
| 1809 | return *QApplicationPrivate::app_font;
|
|---|
| 1810 | }
|
|---|
| 1811 |
|
|---|
| 1812 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1813 | \overload
|
|---|
| 1814 |
|
|---|
| 1815 | Returns the default font for the \a widget.
|
|---|
| 1816 |
|
|---|
| 1817 | \sa fontMetrics(), QWidget::setFont()
|
|---|
| 1818 | */
|
|---|
| 1819 |
|
|---|
| 1820 | QFont QApplication::font(const QWidget *widget)
|
|---|
| 1821 | {
|
|---|
| 1822 | FontHash *hash = app_fonts();
|
|---|
| 1823 |
|
|---|
| 1824 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
|
|---|
| 1825 | // short circuit for small and mini controls
|
|---|
| 1826 | if (widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_MacSmallSize)) {
|
|---|
| 1827 | return hash->value("QSmallFont");
|
|---|
| 1828 | } else if (widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_MacMiniSize)) {
|
|---|
| 1829 | return hash->value("QMiniFont");
|
|---|
| 1830 | }
|
|---|
| 1831 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1832 | if (widget && hash && hash->size()) {
|
|---|
| 1833 | QHash<QByteArray, QFont>::ConstIterator it =
|
|---|
| 1834 | hash->constFind(widget->metaObject()->className());
|
|---|
| 1835 | if (it != hash->constEnd())
|
|---|
| 1836 | return it.value();
|
|---|
| 1837 | for (it = hash->constBegin(); it != hash->constEnd(); ++it) {
|
|---|
| 1838 | if (widget->inherits(it.key()))
|
|---|
| 1839 | return it.value();
|
|---|
| 1840 | }
|
|---|
| 1841 | }
|
|---|
| 1842 | return font();
|
|---|
| 1843 | }
|
|---|
| 1844 |
|
|---|
| 1845 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1846 | \overload
|
|---|
| 1847 |
|
|---|
| 1848 | Returns the font for widgets of the given \a className.
|
|---|
| 1849 |
|
|---|
| 1850 | \sa setFont(), QWidget::font()
|
|---|
| 1851 | */
|
|---|
| 1852 | QFont QApplication::font(const char *className)
|
|---|
| 1853 | {
|
|---|
| 1854 | FontHash *hash = app_fonts();
|
|---|
| 1855 | if (className && hash && hash->size()) {
|
|---|
| 1856 | QHash<QByteArray, QFont>::ConstIterator it = hash->constFind(className);
|
|---|
| 1857 | if (it != hash->constEnd())
|
|---|
| 1858 | return *it;
|
|---|
| 1859 | }
|
|---|
| 1860 | return font();
|
|---|
| 1861 | }
|
|---|
| 1862 |
|
|---|
| 1863 |
|
|---|
| 1864 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1865 | Changes the default application font to \a font. If \a className is passed,
|
|---|
| 1866 | the change applies only to classes that inherit \a className (as reported
|
|---|
| 1867 | by QObject::inherits()).
|
|---|
| 1868 |
|
|---|
| 1869 | On application start-up, the default font depends on the window system. It
|
|---|
| 1870 | can vary depending on both the window system version and the locale. This
|
|---|
| 1871 | function lets you override the default font; but overriding may be a bad
|
|---|
| 1872 | idea because, for example, some locales need extra large fonts to support
|
|---|
| 1873 | their special characters.
|
|---|
| 1874 |
|
|---|
| 1875 | \warning Do not use this function in conjunction with \l{Qt Style Sheets}.
|
|---|
| 1876 | The font of an application can be customized using the "font" style sheet
|
|---|
| 1877 | property. To set a bold font for all QPushButtons, set the application
|
|---|
| 1878 | styleSheet() as "QPushButton { font: bold }"
|
|---|
| 1879 |
|
|---|
| 1880 | \sa font(), fontMetrics(), QWidget::setFont()
|
|---|
| 1881 | */
|
|---|
| 1882 |
|
|---|
| 1883 | void QApplication::setFont(const QFont &font, const char *className)
|
|---|
| 1884 | {
|
|---|
| 1885 | bool all = false;
|
|---|
| 1886 | FontHash *hash = app_fonts();
|
|---|
| 1887 | if (!className) {
|
|---|
| 1888 | QMutexLocker locker(applicationFontMutex());
|
|---|
| 1889 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::app_font)
|
|---|
| 1890 | QApplicationPrivate::app_font = new QFont(font);
|
|---|
| 1891 | else
|
|---|
| 1892 | *QApplicationPrivate::app_font = font;
|
|---|
| 1893 | if (hash && hash->size()) {
|
|---|
| 1894 | all = true;
|
|---|
| 1895 | hash->clear();
|
|---|
| 1896 | }
|
|---|
| 1897 | } else if (hash) {
|
|---|
| 1898 | hash->insert(className, font);
|
|---|
| 1899 | }
|
|---|
| 1900 | if (QApplicationPrivate::is_app_running && !QApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing) {
|
|---|
| 1901 | // Send ApplicationFontChange to qApp itself, and to the widgets.
|
|---|
| 1902 | QEvent e(QEvent::ApplicationFontChange);
|
|---|
| 1903 | QApplication::sendEvent(QApplication::instance(), &e);
|
|---|
| 1904 |
|
|---|
| 1905 | QWidgetList wids = QApplication::allWidgets();
|
|---|
| 1906 | for (QWidgetList::ConstIterator it = wids.constBegin(); it != wids.constEnd(); ++it) {
|
|---|
| 1907 | register QWidget *w = *it;
|
|---|
| 1908 | if (all || (!className && w->isWindow()) || w->inherits(className)) // matching class
|
|---|
| 1909 | sendEvent(w, &e);
|
|---|
| 1910 | }
|
|---|
| 1911 |
|
|---|
| 1912 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
|---|
| 1913 | // Send to all scenes as well.
|
|---|
| 1914 | QList<QGraphicsScene *> &scenes = qApp->d_func()->scene_list;
|
|---|
| 1915 | for (QList<QGraphicsScene *>::ConstIterator it = scenes.constBegin();
|
|---|
| 1916 | it != scenes.constEnd(); ++it) {
|
|---|
| 1917 | QApplication::sendEvent(*it, &e);
|
|---|
| 1918 | }
|
|---|
| 1919 | #endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
|---|
| 1920 | }
|
|---|
| 1921 | if (!className && (!QApplicationPrivate::sys_font || !font.isCopyOf(*QApplicationPrivate::sys_font))) {
|
|---|
| 1922 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::set_font)
|
|---|
| 1923 | QApplicationPrivate::set_font = new QFont(font);
|
|---|
| 1924 | else
|
|---|
| 1925 | *QApplicationPrivate::set_font = font;
|
|---|
| 1926 | }
|
|---|
| 1927 | }
|
|---|
| 1928 |
|
|---|
| 1929 | /*! \internal
|
|---|
| 1930 | */
|
|---|
| 1931 | void QApplicationPrivate::setSystemFont(const QFont &font)
|
|---|
| 1932 | {
|
|---|
| 1933 | if (!sys_font)
|
|---|
| 1934 | sys_font = new QFont(font);
|
|---|
| 1935 | else
|
|---|
| 1936 | *sys_font = font;
|
|---|
| 1937 |
|
|---|
| 1938 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::set_font)
|
|---|
| 1939 | QApplication::setFont(*sys_font);
|
|---|
| 1940 | }
|
|---|
| 1941 |
|
|---|
| 1942 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1943 | \property QApplication::windowIcon
|
|---|
| 1944 | \brief the default window icon
|
|---|
| 1945 |
|
|---|
| 1946 | \sa QWidget::setWindowIcon(), {Setting the Application Icon}
|
|---|
| 1947 | */
|
|---|
| 1948 | QIcon QApplication::windowIcon()
|
|---|
| 1949 | {
|
|---|
| 1950 | return QApplicationPrivate::app_icon ? *QApplicationPrivate::app_icon : QIcon();
|
|---|
| 1951 | }
|
|---|
| 1952 |
|
|---|
| 1953 | void QApplication::setWindowIcon(const QIcon &icon)
|
|---|
| 1954 | {
|
|---|
| 1955 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::app_icon)
|
|---|
| 1956 | QApplicationPrivate::app_icon = new QIcon();
|
|---|
| 1957 | *QApplicationPrivate::app_icon = icon;
|
|---|
| 1958 | if (QApplicationPrivate::is_app_running && !QApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing) {
|
|---|
| 1959 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
|
|---|
| 1960 | void qt_mac_set_app_icon(const QPixmap &); //qapplication_mac.cpp
|
|---|
| 1961 | QSize size = QApplicationPrivate::app_icon->actualSize(QSize(128, 128));
|
|---|
| 1962 | qt_mac_set_app_icon(QApplicationPrivate::app_icon->pixmap(size));
|
|---|
| 1963 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1964 | QEvent e(QEvent::ApplicationWindowIconChange);
|
|---|
| 1965 | QWidgetList all = QApplication::allWidgets();
|
|---|
| 1966 | for (QWidgetList::ConstIterator it = all.constBegin(); it != all.constEnd(); ++it) {
|
|---|
| 1967 | register QWidget *w = *it;
|
|---|
| 1968 | if (w->isWindow())
|
|---|
| 1969 | sendEvent(w, &e);
|
|---|
| 1970 | }
|
|---|
| 1971 | }
|
|---|
| 1972 | }
|
|---|
| 1973 |
|
|---|
| 1974 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1975 | Returns a list of the top-level widgets (windows) in the application.
|
|---|
| 1976 |
|
|---|
| 1977 | \note Some of the top-level widgets may be hidden, for example a tooltip if
|
|---|
| 1978 | no tooltip is currently shown.
|
|---|
| 1979 |
|
|---|
| 1980 | Example:
|
|---|
| 1981 |
|
|---|
| 1982 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 4
|
|---|
| 1983 |
|
|---|
| 1984 | \sa allWidgets(), QWidget::isWindow(), QWidget::isHidden()
|
|---|
| 1985 | */
|
|---|
| 1986 | QWidgetList QApplication::topLevelWidgets()
|
|---|
| 1987 | {
|
|---|
| 1988 | QWidgetList list;
|
|---|
| 1989 | QWidgetList all = allWidgets();
|
|---|
| 1990 |
|
|---|
| 1991 | for (QWidgetList::ConstIterator it = all.constBegin(); it != all.constEnd(); ++it) {
|
|---|
| 1992 | QWidget *w = *it;
|
|---|
| 1993 | if (w->isWindow() && w->windowType() != Qt::Desktop)
|
|---|
| 1994 | list.append(w);
|
|---|
| 1995 | }
|
|---|
| 1996 | return list;
|
|---|
| 1997 | }
|
|---|
| 1998 |
|
|---|
| 1999 | /*!
|
|---|
| 2000 | Returns a list of all the widgets in the application.
|
|---|
| 2001 |
|
|---|
| 2002 | The list is empty (QList::isEmpty()) if there are no widgets.
|
|---|
| 2003 |
|
|---|
| 2004 | \note Some of the widgets may be hidden.
|
|---|
| 2005 |
|
|---|
| 2006 | Example:
|
|---|
| 2007 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 5
|
|---|
| 2008 |
|
|---|
| 2009 | \sa topLevelWidgets(), QWidget::isVisible()
|
|---|
| 2010 | */
|
|---|
| 2011 |
|
|---|
| 2012 | QWidgetList QApplication::allWidgets()
|
|---|
| 2013 | {
|
|---|
| 2014 | QWidgetList list;
|
|---|
| 2015 | if (QWidgetPrivate::mapper)
|
|---|
| 2016 | list += QWidgetPrivate::mapper->values();
|
|---|
| 2017 | if (QWidgetPrivate::uncreatedWidgets)
|
|---|
| 2018 | list += QWidgetPrivate::uncreatedWidgets->toList();
|
|---|
| 2019 | return list;
|
|---|
| 2020 | }
|
|---|
| 2021 |
|
|---|
| 2022 | /*!
|
|---|
| 2023 | Returns the application widget that has the keyboard input focus, or 0 if
|
|---|
| 2024 | no widget in this application has the focus.
|
|---|
| 2025 |
|
|---|
| 2026 | \sa QWidget::setFocus(), QWidget::hasFocus(), activeWindow(), focusChanged()
|
|---|
| 2027 | */
|
|---|
| 2028 |
|
|---|
| 2029 | QWidget *QApplication::focusWidget()
|
|---|
| 2030 | {
|
|---|
| 2031 | return QApplicationPrivate::focus_widget;
|
|---|
| 2032 | }
|
|---|
| 2033 |
|
|---|
| 2034 | void QApplicationPrivate::setFocusWidget(QWidget *focus, Qt::FocusReason reason)
|
|---|
| 2035 | {
|
|---|
| 2036 | if (focus && focus->window()
|
|---|
| 2037 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
|---|
| 2038 | && focus->window()->graphicsProxyWidget()
|
|---|
| 2039 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2040 | )
|
|---|
| 2041 | return;
|
|---|
| 2042 |
|
|---|
| 2043 | hidden_focus_widget = 0;
|
|---|
| 2044 |
|
|---|
| 2045 | if (focus != focus_widget) {
|
|---|
| 2046 | if (focus && focus->isHidden()) {
|
|---|
| 2047 | hidden_focus_widget = focus;
|
|---|
| 2048 | return;
|
|---|
| 2049 | }
|
|---|
| 2050 |
|
|---|
| 2051 | if (focus && (reason == Qt::BacktabFocusReason || reason == Qt::TabFocusReason)
|
|---|
| 2052 | && qt_in_tab_key_event)
|
|---|
| 2053 | focus->window()->setAttribute(Qt::WA_KeyboardFocusChange);
|
|---|
| 2054 | else if (focus && reason == Qt::ShortcutFocusReason) {
|
|---|
| 2055 | focus->window()->setAttribute(Qt::WA_KeyboardFocusChange);
|
|---|
| 2056 | }
|
|---|
| 2057 | QWidget *prev = focus_widget;
|
|---|
| 2058 | focus_widget = focus;
|
|---|
| 2059 |
|
|---|
| 2060 | #ifndef QT_NO_IM
|
|---|
| 2061 | if (prev && ((reason != Qt::PopupFocusReason && reason != Qt::MenuBarFocusReason
|
|---|
| 2062 | && prev->testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled))
|
|---|
| 2063 | // Do reset the input context, in case the new focus widget won't accept keyboard input
|
|---|
| 2064 | // or it is not created fully yet.
|
|---|
| 2065 | || (focus_widget && (!focus_widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled)
|
|---|
| 2066 | || !focus_widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))))) {
|
|---|
| 2067 | QInputContext *qic = prev->inputContext();
|
|---|
| 2068 | if(qic) {
|
|---|
| 2069 | qic->reset();
|
|---|
| 2070 | qic->setFocusWidget(0);
|
|---|
| 2071 | }
|
|---|
| 2072 | }
|
|---|
| 2073 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2074 |
|
|---|
| 2075 | if(focus_widget)
|
|---|
| 2076 | focus_widget->d_func()->setFocus_sys();
|
|---|
| 2077 |
|
|---|
| 2078 | if (reason != Qt::NoFocusReason) {
|
|---|
| 2079 |
|
|---|
| 2080 | //send events
|
|---|
| 2081 | if (prev) {
|
|---|
| 2082 | #ifdef QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION
|
|---|
| 2083 | if (QApplication::keypadNavigationEnabled()) {
|
|---|
| 2084 | if (prev->hasEditFocus() && reason != Qt::PopupFocusReason)
|
|---|
| 2085 | prev->setEditFocus(false);
|
|---|
| 2086 | }
|
|---|
| 2087 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2088 | QFocusEvent out(QEvent::FocusOut, reason);
|
|---|
| 2089 | QPointer<QWidget> that = prev;
|
|---|
| 2090 | QApplication::sendEvent(prev, &out);
|
|---|
| 2091 | if (that)
|
|---|
| 2092 | QApplication::sendEvent(that->style(), &out);
|
|---|
| 2093 | }
|
|---|
| 2094 | if(focus && QApplicationPrivate::focus_widget == focus) {
|
|---|
| 2095 | #ifndef QT_NO_IM
|
|---|
| 2096 | if (focus->testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled)) {
|
|---|
| 2097 | QInputContext *qic = focus->inputContext();
|
|---|
| 2098 | if (qic && focus_widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))
|
|---|
| 2099 | qic->setFocusWidget( focus_widget );
|
|---|
| 2100 | }
|
|---|
| 2101 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2102 | QFocusEvent in(QEvent::FocusIn, reason);
|
|---|
| 2103 | QPointer<QWidget> that = focus;
|
|---|
| 2104 | QApplication::sendEvent(focus, &in);
|
|---|
| 2105 | if (that)
|
|---|
| 2106 | QApplication::sendEvent(that->style(), &in);
|
|---|
| 2107 | }
|
|---|
| 2108 | }
|
|---|
| 2109 | emit qApp->focusChanged(prev, focus_widget);
|
|---|
| 2110 | }
|
|---|
| 2111 | }
|
|---|
| 2112 |
|
|---|
| 2113 |
|
|---|
| 2114 | /*!
|
|---|
| 2115 | Returns the application top-level window that has the keyboard input focus,
|
|---|
| 2116 | or 0 if no application window has the focus. There might be an
|
|---|
| 2117 | activeWindow() even if there is no focusWidget(), for example if no widget
|
|---|
| 2118 | in that window accepts key events.
|
|---|
| 2119 |
|
|---|
| 2120 | \sa QWidget::setFocus(), QWidget::hasFocus(), focusWidget()
|
|---|
| 2121 | */
|
|---|
| 2122 |
|
|---|
| 2123 | QWidget *QApplication::activeWindow()
|
|---|
| 2124 | {
|
|---|
| 2125 | return QApplicationPrivate::active_window;
|
|---|
| 2126 | }
|
|---|
| 2127 |
|
|---|
| 2128 | /*!
|
|---|
| 2129 | Returns display (screen) font metrics for the application font.
|
|---|
| 2130 |
|
|---|
| 2131 | \sa font(), setFont(), QWidget::fontMetrics(), QPainter::fontMetrics()
|
|---|
| 2132 | */
|
|---|
| 2133 |
|
|---|
| 2134 | QFontMetrics QApplication::fontMetrics()
|
|---|
| 2135 | {
|
|---|
| 2136 | return desktop()->fontMetrics();
|
|---|
| 2137 | }
|
|---|
| 2138 |
|
|---|
| 2139 |
|
|---|
| 2140 | /*!
|
|---|
| 2141 | Closes all top-level windows.
|
|---|
| 2142 |
|
|---|
| 2143 | This function is particularly useful for applications with many top-level
|
|---|
| 2144 | windows. It could, for example, be connected to a \gui{Exit} entry in the
|
|---|
| 2145 | \gui{File} menu:
|
|---|
| 2146 |
|
|---|
| 2147 | \snippet examples/mainwindows/mdi/mainwindow.cpp 0
|
|---|
| 2148 |
|
|---|
| 2149 | The windows are closed in random order, until one window does not accept
|
|---|
| 2150 | the close event. The application quits when the last window was
|
|---|
| 2151 | successfully closed; this can be turned off by setting
|
|---|
| 2152 | \l quitOnLastWindowClosed to false.
|
|---|
| 2153 |
|
|---|
| 2154 | \sa quitOnLastWindowClosed, lastWindowClosed(), QWidget::close(),
|
|---|
| 2155 | QWidget::closeEvent(), lastWindowClosed(), quit(), topLevelWidgets(),
|
|---|
| 2156 | QWidget::isWindow()
|
|---|
| 2157 | */
|
|---|
| 2158 | void QApplication::closeAllWindows()
|
|---|
| 2159 | {
|
|---|
| 2160 | bool did_close = true;
|
|---|
| 2161 | QWidget *w;
|
|---|
| 2162 | while((w = activeModalWidget()) && did_close) {
|
|---|
| 2163 | if(!w->isVisible())
|
|---|
| 2164 | break;
|
|---|
| 2165 | did_close = w->close();
|
|---|
| 2166 | }
|
|---|
| 2167 | QWidgetList list = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
|
|---|
| 2168 | for (int i = 0; did_close && i < list.size(); ++i) {
|
|---|
| 2169 | w = list.at(i);
|
|---|
| 2170 | if (w->isVisible() && w->windowType() != Qt::Desktop) {
|
|---|
| 2171 | did_close = w->close();
|
|---|
| 2172 | list = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
|
|---|
| 2173 | i = -1;
|
|---|
| 2174 | }
|
|---|
| 2175 | }
|
|---|
| 2176 | }
|
|---|
| 2177 |
|
|---|
| 2178 | /*!
|
|---|
| 2179 | Displays a simple message box about Qt. The message includes the version
|
|---|
| 2180 | number of Qt being used by the application.
|
|---|
| 2181 |
|
|---|
| 2182 | This is useful for inclusion in the \gui Help menu of an application, as
|
|---|
| 2183 | shown in the \l{mainwindows/menus}{Menus} example.
|
|---|
| 2184 |
|
|---|
| 2185 | This function is a convenience slot for QMessageBox::aboutQt().
|
|---|
| 2186 | */
|
|---|
| 2187 | void QApplication::aboutQt()
|
|---|
| 2188 | {
|
|---|
| 2189 | #ifndef QT_NO_MESSAGEBOX
|
|---|
| 2190 | QMessageBox::aboutQt(
|
|---|
| 2191 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
|
|---|
| 2192 | 0
|
|---|
| 2193 | #else
|
|---|
| 2194 | activeWindow()
|
|---|
| 2195 | #endif // Q_WS_MAC
|
|---|
| 2196 | );
|
|---|
| 2197 | #endif // QT_NO_MESSAGEBOX
|
|---|
| 2198 | }
|
|---|
| 2199 |
|
|---|
| 2200 |
|
|---|
| 2201 | /*!
|
|---|
| 2202 | \fn void QApplication::lastWindowClosed()
|
|---|
| 2203 |
|
|---|
| 2204 | This signal is emitted from QApplication::exec() when the last visible
|
|---|
| 2205 | primary window (i.e. window with no parent) with the Qt::WA_QuitOnClose
|
|---|
| 2206 | attribute set is closed.
|
|---|
| 2207 |
|
|---|
| 2208 | By default,
|
|---|
| 2209 |
|
|---|
| 2210 | \list
|
|---|
| 2211 | \o this attribute is set for all widgets except transient windows such
|
|---|
| 2212 | as splash screens, tool windows, and popup menus
|
|---|
| 2213 |
|
|---|
| 2214 | \o QApplication implicitly quits when this signal is emitted.
|
|---|
| 2215 | \endlist
|
|---|
| 2216 |
|
|---|
| 2217 | This feature can be turned off by setting \l quitOnLastWindowClosed to
|
|---|
| 2218 | false.
|
|---|
| 2219 |
|
|---|
| 2220 | \sa QWidget::close()
|
|---|
| 2221 | */
|
|---|
| 2222 |
|
|---|
| 2223 | /*!
|
|---|
| 2224 | \since 4.1
|
|---|
| 2225 | \fn void QApplication::focusChanged(QWidget *old, QWidget *now)
|
|---|
| 2226 |
|
|---|
| 2227 | This signal is emitted when the widget that has keyboard focus changed from
|
|---|
| 2228 | \a old to \a now, i.e., because the user pressed the tab-key, clicked into
|
|---|
| 2229 | a widget or changed the active window. Both \a old and \a now can be the
|
|---|
| 2230 | null-pointer.
|
|---|
| 2231 |
|
|---|
| 2232 | The signal is emitted after both widget have been notified about the change
|
|---|
| 2233 | through QFocusEvent.
|
|---|
| 2234 |
|
|---|
| 2235 | \sa QWidget::setFocus(), QWidget::clearFocus(), Qt::FocusReason
|
|---|
| 2236 | */
|
|---|
| 2237 |
|
|---|
| 2238 | /*!
|
|---|
| 2239 | \since 4.5
|
|---|
| 2240 | \fn void QApplication::fontDatabaseChanged()
|
|---|
| 2241 |
|
|---|
| 2242 | This signal is emitted when application fonts are loaded or removed.
|
|---|
| 2243 |
|
|---|
| 2244 | \sa QFontDatabase::addApplicationFont(),
|
|---|
| 2245 | QFontDatabase::addApplicationFontFromData(),
|
|---|
| 2246 | QFontDatabase::removeAllApplicationFonts(),
|
|---|
| 2247 | QFontDatabase::removeApplicationFont()
|
|---|
| 2248 | */
|
|---|
| 2249 |
|
|---|
| 2250 | #ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION
|
|---|
| 2251 | static bool qt_detectRTLLanguage()
|
|---|
| 2252 | {
|
|---|
| 2253 | return force_reverse ^
|
|---|
| 2254 | (QApplication::tr("QT_LAYOUT_DIRECTION",
|
|---|
| 2255 | "Translate this string to the string 'LTR' in left-to-right"
|
|---|
| 2256 | " languages or to 'RTL' in right-to-left languages (such as Hebrew"
|
|---|
| 2257 | " and Arabic) to get proper widget layout.") == QLatin1String("RTL"));
|
|---|
| 2258 | }
|
|---|
| 2259 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2260 |
|
|---|
| 2261 | /*!\reimp
|
|---|
| 2262 |
|
|---|
| 2263 | */
|
|---|
| 2264 | bool QApplication::event(QEvent *e)
|
|---|
| 2265 | {
|
|---|
| 2266 | Q_D(QApplication);
|
|---|
| 2267 | if(e->type() == QEvent::Close) {
|
|---|
| 2268 | QCloseEvent *ce = static_cast<QCloseEvent*>(e);
|
|---|
| 2269 | ce->accept();
|
|---|
| 2270 | closeAllWindows();
|
|---|
| 2271 |
|
|---|
| 2272 | QWidgetList list = topLevelWidgets();
|
|---|
| 2273 | for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
|
|---|
| 2274 | QWidget *w = list.at(i);
|
|---|
| 2275 | if (w->isVisible() && !(w->windowType() == Qt::Desktop) && !(w->windowType() == Qt::Popup) &&
|
|---|
| 2276 | (!(w->windowType() == Qt::Dialog) || !w->parentWidget())) {
|
|---|
| 2277 | ce->ignore();
|
|---|
| 2278 | break;
|
|---|
| 2279 | }
|
|---|
| 2280 | }
|
|---|
| 2281 | if(ce->isAccepted())
|
|---|
| 2282 | return true;
|
|---|
| 2283 | } else if(e->type() == QEvent::LanguageChange) {
|
|---|
| 2284 | #ifndef QT_NO_TRANSLATION
|
|---|
| 2285 | setLayoutDirection(qt_detectRTLLanguage()?Qt::RightToLeft:Qt::LeftToRight);
|
|---|
| 2286 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2287 | QWidgetList list = topLevelWidgets();
|
|---|
| 2288 | for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
|
|---|
| 2289 | QWidget *w = list.at(i);
|
|---|
| 2290 | if (!(w->windowType() == Qt::Desktop))
|
|---|
| 2291 | postEvent(w, new QEvent(QEvent::LanguageChange));
|
|---|
| 2292 | }
|
|---|
| 2293 | } else if (e->type() == QEvent::Timer) {
|
|---|
| 2294 | QTimerEvent *te = static_cast<QTimerEvent*>(e);
|
|---|
| 2295 | Q_ASSERT(te != 0);
|
|---|
| 2296 | if (te->timerId() == d->toolTipWakeUp.timerId()) {
|
|---|
| 2297 | d->toolTipWakeUp.stop();
|
|---|
| 2298 | if (d->toolTipWidget) {
|
|---|
| 2299 | QWidget *w = d->toolTipWidget->window();
|
|---|
| 2300 | // show tooltip if WA_AlwaysShowToolTips is set, or if
|
|---|
| 2301 | // any ancestor of d->toolTipWidget is the active
|
|---|
| 2302 | // window
|
|---|
| 2303 | bool showToolTip = w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_AlwaysShowToolTips);
|
|---|
| 2304 | while (w && !showToolTip) {
|
|---|
| 2305 | showToolTip = w->isActiveWindow();
|
|---|
| 2306 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
|---|
| 2307 | w = w ? w->window() : 0;
|
|---|
| 2308 | }
|
|---|
| 2309 | if (showToolTip) {
|
|---|
| 2310 | QHelpEvent e(QEvent::ToolTip, d->toolTipPos, d->toolTipGlobalPos);
|
|---|
| 2311 | QApplication::sendEvent(d->toolTipWidget, &e);
|
|---|
| 2312 | if (e.isAccepted())
|
|---|
| 2313 | d->toolTipFallAsleep.start(2000, this);
|
|---|
| 2314 | }
|
|---|
| 2315 | }
|
|---|
| 2316 | } else if (te->timerId() == d->toolTipFallAsleep.timerId()) {
|
|---|
| 2317 | d->toolTipFallAsleep.stop();
|
|---|
| 2318 | }
|
|---|
| 2319 | #ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA
|
|---|
| 2320 | } else if (e->type() == QEvent::CocoaRequestModal) {
|
|---|
| 2321 | d->_q_runAppModalWindow();
|
|---|
| 2322 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2323 | }
|
|---|
| 2324 | return QCoreApplication::event(e);
|
|---|
| 2325 | }
|
|---|
| 2326 | #if !defined(Q_WS_X11)
|
|---|
| 2327 |
|
|---|
| 2328 | // The doc and X implementation of this function is in qapplication_x11.cpp
|
|---|
| 2329 |
|
|---|
| 2330 | void QApplication::syncX() {} // do nothing
|
|---|
| 2331 |
|
|---|
| 2332 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2333 |
|
|---|
| 2334 | /*!
|
|---|
| 2335 | \fn Qt::WindowsVersion QApplication::winVersion()
|
|---|
| 2336 |
|
|---|
| 2337 | Use \l QSysInfo::WindowsVersion instead.
|
|---|
| 2338 | */
|
|---|
| 2339 |
|
|---|
| 2340 | /*!
|
|---|
| 2341 | \fn void QApplication::setActiveWindow(QWidget* active)
|
|---|
| 2342 |
|
|---|
| 2343 | Sets the active window to the \a active widget in response to a system
|
|---|
| 2344 | event. The function is called from the platform specific event handlers.
|
|---|
| 2345 |
|
|---|
| 2346 | \warning This function does \e not set the keyboard focus to the active
|
|---|
| 2347 | widget. Call QWidget::activateWindow() instead.
|
|---|
| 2348 |
|
|---|
| 2349 | It sets the activeWindow() and focusWidget() attributes and sends proper
|
|---|
| 2350 | \l{QEvent::WindowActivate}{WindowActivate}/\l{QEvent::WindowDeactivate}
|
|---|
| 2351 | {WindowDeactivate} and \l{QEvent::FocusIn}{FocusIn}/\l{QEvent::FocusOut}
|
|---|
| 2352 | {FocusOut} events to all appropriate widgets. The window will then be
|
|---|
| 2353 | painted in active state (e.g. cursors in line edits will blink), and it
|
|---|
| 2354 | will have tool tips enabled.
|
|---|
| 2355 |
|
|---|
| 2356 | \sa activeWindow(), QWidget::activateWindow()
|
|---|
| 2357 | */
|
|---|
| 2358 | void QApplication::setActiveWindow(QWidget* act)
|
|---|
| 2359 | {
|
|---|
| 2360 | QWidget* window = act?act->window():0;
|
|---|
| 2361 |
|
|---|
| 2362 | if (QApplicationPrivate::active_window == window)
|
|---|
| 2363 | return;
|
|---|
| 2364 |
|
|---|
| 2365 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
|---|
| 2366 | if (window && window->graphicsProxyWidget()) {
|
|---|
| 2367 | // Activate the proxy's view->viewport() ?
|
|---|
| 2368 | return;
|
|---|
| 2369 | }
|
|---|
| 2370 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2371 |
|
|---|
| 2372 | QWidgetList toBeActivated;
|
|---|
| 2373 | QWidgetList toBeDeactivated;
|
|---|
| 2374 |
|
|---|
| 2375 | if (QApplicationPrivate::active_window) {
|
|---|
| 2376 | if (style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_Widget_ShareActivation, 0, QApplicationPrivate::active_window)) {
|
|---|
| 2377 | QWidgetList list = topLevelWidgets();
|
|---|
| 2378 | for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
|
|---|
| 2379 | QWidget *w = list.at(i);
|
|---|
| 2380 | if (w->isVisible() && w->isActiveWindow())
|
|---|
| 2381 | toBeDeactivated.append(w);
|
|---|
| 2382 | }
|
|---|
| 2383 | } else {
|
|---|
| 2384 | toBeDeactivated.append(QApplicationPrivate::active_window);
|
|---|
| 2385 | }
|
|---|
| 2386 | }
|
|---|
| 2387 |
|
|---|
| 2388 | #if !defined(Q_WS_MAC)
|
|---|
| 2389 | QWidget *previousActiveWindow = QApplicationPrivate::active_window;
|
|---|
| 2390 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2391 | QApplicationPrivate::active_window = window;
|
|---|
| 2392 |
|
|---|
| 2393 | if (QApplicationPrivate::active_window) {
|
|---|
| 2394 | if (style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_Widget_ShareActivation, 0, QApplicationPrivate::active_window)) {
|
|---|
| 2395 | QWidgetList list = topLevelWidgets();
|
|---|
| 2396 | for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
|
|---|
| 2397 | QWidget *w = list.at(i);
|
|---|
| 2398 | if (w->isVisible() && w->isActiveWindow())
|
|---|
| 2399 | toBeActivated.append(w);
|
|---|
| 2400 | }
|
|---|
| 2401 | } else {
|
|---|
| 2402 | toBeActivated.append(QApplicationPrivate::active_window);
|
|---|
| 2403 | }
|
|---|
| 2404 |
|
|---|
| 2405 | }
|
|---|
| 2406 |
|
|---|
| 2407 | // first the activation/deactivation events
|
|---|
| 2408 | QEvent activationChange(QEvent::ActivationChange);
|
|---|
| 2409 | QEvent windowActivate(QEvent::WindowActivate);
|
|---|
| 2410 | QEvent windowDeactivate(QEvent::WindowDeactivate);
|
|---|
| 2411 |
|
|---|
| 2412 | #if !defined(Q_WS_MAC)
|
|---|
| 2413 | if (!previousActiveWindow) {
|
|---|
| 2414 | QEvent appActivate(QEvent::ApplicationActivate);
|
|---|
| 2415 | sendSpontaneousEvent(qApp, &appActivate);
|
|---|
| 2416 | }
|
|---|
| 2417 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2418 |
|
|---|
| 2419 | for (int i = 0; i < toBeActivated.size(); ++i) {
|
|---|
| 2420 | QWidget *w = toBeActivated.at(i);
|
|---|
| 2421 | sendSpontaneousEvent(w, &windowActivate);
|
|---|
| 2422 | sendSpontaneousEvent(w, &activationChange);
|
|---|
| 2423 | }
|
|---|
| 2424 |
|
|---|
| 2425 | for(int i = 0; i < toBeDeactivated.size(); ++i) {
|
|---|
| 2426 | QWidget *w = toBeDeactivated.at(i);
|
|---|
| 2427 | sendSpontaneousEvent(w, &windowDeactivate);
|
|---|
| 2428 | sendSpontaneousEvent(w, &activationChange);
|
|---|
| 2429 | }
|
|---|
| 2430 |
|
|---|
| 2431 | #if !defined(Q_WS_MAC)
|
|---|
| 2432 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::active_window) {
|
|---|
| 2433 | QEvent appDeactivate(QEvent::ApplicationDeactivate);
|
|---|
| 2434 | sendSpontaneousEvent(qApp, &appDeactivate);
|
|---|
| 2435 | }
|
|---|
| 2436 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2437 |
|
|---|
| 2438 | if (QApplicationPrivate::popupWidgets == 0) { // !inPopupMode()
|
|---|
| 2439 | // then focus events
|
|---|
| 2440 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::active_window && QApplicationPrivate::focus_widget) {
|
|---|
| 2441 | QApplicationPrivate::setFocusWidget(0, Qt::ActiveWindowFocusReason);
|
|---|
| 2442 | } else if (QApplicationPrivate::active_window) {
|
|---|
| 2443 | QWidget *w = QApplicationPrivate::active_window->focusWidget();
|
|---|
| 2444 | if (w && w->isVisible() /*&& w->focusPolicy() != QWidget::NoFocus*/)
|
|---|
| 2445 | w->setFocus(Qt::ActiveWindowFocusReason);
|
|---|
| 2446 | else {
|
|---|
| 2447 | w = QApplicationPrivate::focusNextPrevChild_helper(QApplicationPrivate::active_window, true);
|
|---|
| 2448 | if (w) {
|
|---|
| 2449 | w->setFocus(Qt::ActiveWindowFocusReason);
|
|---|
| 2450 | } else {
|
|---|
| 2451 | // If the focus widget is not in the activate_window, clear the focus
|
|---|
| 2452 | w = QApplicationPrivate::focus_widget;
|
|---|
| 2453 | if (!w && QApplicationPrivate::active_window->focusPolicy() != Qt::NoFocus)
|
|---|
| 2454 | QApplicationPrivate::setFocusWidget(QApplicationPrivate::active_window, Qt::ActiveWindowFocusReason);
|
|---|
| 2455 | else if (!QApplicationPrivate::active_window->isAncestorOf(w))
|
|---|
| 2456 | QApplicationPrivate::setFocusWidget(0, Qt::ActiveWindowFocusReason);
|
|---|
| 2457 | }
|
|---|
| 2458 | }
|
|---|
| 2459 | }
|
|---|
| 2460 | }
|
|---|
| 2461 | }
|
|---|
| 2462 |
|
|---|
| 2463 | /*!internal
|
|---|
| 2464 | * Helper function that returns the new focus widget, but does not set the focus reason.
|
|---|
| 2465 | * Returns 0 if a new focus widget could not be found.
|
|---|
| 2466 | */
|
|---|
| 2467 | QWidget *QApplicationPrivate::focusNextPrevChild_helper(QWidget *toplevel, bool next)
|
|---|
| 2468 | {
|
|---|
| 2469 | uint focus_flag = qt_tab_all_widgets ? Qt::TabFocus : Qt::StrongFocus;
|
|---|
| 2470 |
|
|---|
| 2471 | QWidget *f = toplevel->focusWidget();
|
|---|
| 2472 | if (!f)
|
|---|
| 2473 | f = toplevel;
|
|---|
| 2474 |
|
|---|
| 2475 | QWidget *w = f;
|
|---|
| 2476 | QWidget *test = f->d_func()->focus_next;
|
|---|
| 2477 | while (test && test != f) {
|
|---|
| 2478 | if ((test->focusPolicy() & focus_flag) == focus_flag
|
|---|
| 2479 | && !(test->d_func()->extra && test->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy)
|
|---|
| 2480 | && test->isVisibleTo(toplevel) && test->isEnabled()
|
|---|
| 2481 | && !(w->windowType() == Qt::SubWindow && !w->isAncestorOf(test))
|
|---|
| 2482 | && (toplevel->windowType() != Qt::SubWindow || toplevel->isAncestorOf(test))) {
|
|---|
| 2483 | w = test;
|
|---|
| 2484 | if (next)
|
|---|
| 2485 | break;
|
|---|
| 2486 | }
|
|---|
| 2487 | test = test->d_func()->focus_next;
|
|---|
| 2488 | }
|
|---|
| 2489 | if (w == f) {
|
|---|
| 2490 | if (qt_in_tab_key_event) {
|
|---|
| 2491 | w->window()->setAttribute(Qt::WA_KeyboardFocusChange);
|
|---|
| 2492 | w->update();
|
|---|
| 2493 | }
|
|---|
| 2494 | return 0;
|
|---|
| 2495 | }
|
|---|
| 2496 | return w;
|
|---|
| 2497 | }
|
|---|
| 2498 |
|
|---|
| 2499 | /*!
|
|---|
| 2500 | \fn void QApplicationPrivate::dispatchEnterLeave(QWidget* enter, QWidget* leave)
|
|---|
| 2501 | \internal
|
|---|
| 2502 |
|
|---|
| 2503 | Creates the proper Enter/Leave event when widget \a enter is entered and
|
|---|
| 2504 | widget \a leave is left.
|
|---|
| 2505 | */
|
|---|
| 2506 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
|---|
| 2507 | extern void qt_win_set_cursor(QWidget *, bool);
|
|---|
| 2508 | #elif defined(Q_WS_PM)
|
|---|
| 2509 | extern void qt_pm_set_cursor(QWidget *, bool);
|
|---|
| 2510 | #elif defined(Q_WS_X11)
|
|---|
| 2511 | extern void qt_x11_enforce_cursor(QWidget *, bool);
|
|---|
| 2512 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2513 |
|
|---|
| 2514 | void QApplicationPrivate::dispatchEnterLeave(QWidget* enter, QWidget* leave) {
|
|---|
| 2515 | #if 0
|
|---|
| 2516 | if (leave) {
|
|---|
| 2517 | QEvent e(QEvent::Leave);
|
|---|
| 2518 | QApplication::sendEvent(leave, & e);
|
|---|
| 2519 | }
|
|---|
| 2520 | if (enter) {
|
|---|
| 2521 | QEvent e(QEvent::Enter);
|
|---|
| 2522 | QApplication::sendEvent(enter, & e);
|
|---|
| 2523 | }
|
|---|
| 2524 | return;
|
|---|
| 2525 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2526 |
|
|---|
| 2527 | QWidget* w ;
|
|---|
| 2528 | if ((!enter && !leave) || (enter == leave))
|
|---|
| 2529 | return;
|
|---|
| 2530 | #ifdef ALIEN_DEBUG
|
|---|
| 2531 | qDebug() << "QApplicationPrivate::dispatchEnterLeave, ENTER:" << enter << "LEAVE:" << leave;
|
|---|
| 2532 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2533 | QWidgetList leaveList;
|
|---|
| 2534 | QWidgetList enterList;
|
|---|
| 2535 |
|
|---|
| 2536 | bool sameWindow = leave && enter && leave->window() == enter->window();
|
|---|
| 2537 | if (leave && !sameWindow) {
|
|---|
| 2538 | w = leave;
|
|---|
| 2539 | do {
|
|---|
| 2540 | leaveList.append(w);
|
|---|
| 2541 | } while (!w->isWindow() && (w = w->parentWidget()));
|
|---|
| 2542 | }
|
|---|
| 2543 | if (enter && !sameWindow) {
|
|---|
| 2544 | w = enter;
|
|---|
| 2545 | do {
|
|---|
| 2546 | enterList.prepend(w);
|
|---|
| 2547 | } while (!w->isWindow() && (w = w->parentWidget()));
|
|---|
| 2548 | }
|
|---|
| 2549 | if (sameWindow) {
|
|---|
| 2550 | int enterDepth = 0;
|
|---|
| 2551 | int leaveDepth = 0;
|
|---|
| 2552 | w = enter;
|
|---|
| 2553 | while (!w->isWindow() && (w = w->parentWidget()))
|
|---|
| 2554 | enterDepth++;
|
|---|
| 2555 | w = leave;
|
|---|
| 2556 | while (!w->isWindow() && (w = w->parentWidget()))
|
|---|
| 2557 | leaveDepth++;
|
|---|
| 2558 | QWidget* wenter = enter;
|
|---|
| 2559 | QWidget* wleave = leave;
|
|---|
| 2560 | while (enterDepth > leaveDepth) {
|
|---|
| 2561 | wenter = wenter->parentWidget();
|
|---|
| 2562 | enterDepth--;
|
|---|
| 2563 | }
|
|---|
| 2564 | while (leaveDepth > enterDepth) {
|
|---|
| 2565 | wleave = wleave->parentWidget();
|
|---|
| 2566 | leaveDepth--;
|
|---|
| 2567 | }
|
|---|
| 2568 | while (!wenter->isWindow() && wenter != wleave) {
|
|---|
| 2569 | wenter = wenter->parentWidget();
|
|---|
| 2570 | wleave = wleave->parentWidget();
|
|---|
| 2571 | }
|
|---|
| 2572 |
|
|---|
| 2573 | w = leave;
|
|---|
| 2574 | while (w != wleave) {
|
|---|
| 2575 | leaveList.append(w);
|
|---|
| 2576 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
|---|
| 2577 | }
|
|---|
| 2578 | w = enter;
|
|---|
| 2579 | while (w != wenter) {
|
|---|
| 2580 | enterList.prepend(w);
|
|---|
| 2581 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
|---|
| 2582 | }
|
|---|
| 2583 | }
|
|---|
| 2584 |
|
|---|
| 2585 | QEvent leaveEvent(QEvent::Leave);
|
|---|
| 2586 | for (int i = 0; i < leaveList.size(); ++i) {
|
|---|
| 2587 | w = leaveList.at(i);
|
|---|
| 2588 | if (!qApp->activeModalWidget() || QApplicationPrivate::tryModalHelper(w, 0)) {
|
|---|
| 2589 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_PM) || defined(Q_WS_X11)
|
|---|
| 2590 | if (leaveAfterRelease == w)
|
|---|
| 2591 | leaveAfterRelease = 0;
|
|---|
| 2592 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2593 | QApplication::sendEvent(w, &leaveEvent);
|
|---|
| 2594 | if (w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_Hover) &&
|
|---|
| 2595 | (!qApp->activePopupWidget() || qApp->activePopupWidget() == w->window())) {
|
|---|
| 2596 | Q_ASSERT(instance());
|
|---|
| 2597 | QHoverEvent he(QEvent::HoverLeave, QPoint(-1, -1), w->mapFromGlobal(QApplicationPrivate::instance()->hoverGlobalPos));
|
|---|
| 2598 | qApp->d_func()->notify_helper(w, &he);
|
|---|
| 2599 | }
|
|---|
| 2600 | }
|
|---|
| 2601 | }
|
|---|
| 2602 | QPoint posEnter = QCursor::pos();
|
|---|
| 2603 | QEvent enterEvent(QEvent::Enter);
|
|---|
| 2604 | for (int i = 0; i < enterList.size(); ++i) {
|
|---|
| 2605 | w = enterList.at(i);
|
|---|
| 2606 | if (!qApp->activeModalWidget() || QApplicationPrivate::tryModalHelper(w, 0)) {
|
|---|
| 2607 | QApplication::sendEvent(w, &enterEvent);
|
|---|
| 2608 | if (w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_Hover) &&
|
|---|
| 2609 | (!qApp->activePopupWidget() || qApp->activePopupWidget() == w->window())) {
|
|---|
| 2610 | QHoverEvent he(QEvent::HoverEnter, w->mapFromGlobal(posEnter), QPoint(-1, -1));
|
|---|
| 2611 | qApp->d_func()->notify_helper(w, &he);
|
|---|
| 2612 | }
|
|---|
| 2613 | }
|
|---|
| 2614 | }
|
|---|
| 2615 |
|
|---|
| 2616 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|---|
| 2617 | // Update cursor for alien/graphics widgets.
|
|---|
| 2618 |
|
|---|
| 2619 | const bool enterOnAlien = (enter && (isAlien(enter) || enter->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DontShowOnScreen)));
|
|---|
| 2620 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11)
|
|---|
| 2621 | //Whenever we leave an alien widget on X11, we need to reset its nativeParentWidget()'s cursor.
|
|---|
| 2622 | // This is not required on Windows as the cursor is reset on every single mouse move.
|
|---|
| 2623 | QWidget *parentOfLeavingCursor = 0;
|
|---|
| 2624 | for (int i = 0; i < leaveList.size(); ++i) {
|
|---|
| 2625 | w = leaveList.at(i);
|
|---|
| 2626 | if (!isAlien(w))
|
|---|
| 2627 | break;
|
|---|
| 2628 | if (w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetCursor)) {
|
|---|
| 2629 | parentOfLeavingCursor = w->parentWidget();
|
|---|
| 2630 | //continue looping, we need to find the downest alien widget with a cursor.
|
|---|
| 2631 | // (downest on the screen)
|
|---|
| 2632 | }
|
|---|
| 2633 | }
|
|---|
| 2634 | //check that we will not call qt_x11_enforce_cursor twice with the same native widget
|
|---|
| 2635 | if (parentOfLeavingCursor && (!enterOnAlien
|
|---|
| 2636 | || parentOfLeavingCursor->effectiveWinId() != enter->effectiveWinId())) {
|
|---|
| 2637 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
|---|
| 2638 | if (!parentOfLeavingCursor->window()->graphicsProxyWidget())
|
|---|
| 2639 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2640 | {
|
|---|
| 2641 | qt_x11_enforce_cursor(parentOfLeavingCursor,true);
|
|---|
| 2642 | }
|
|---|
| 2643 | }
|
|---|
| 2644 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2645 | if (enterOnAlien) {
|
|---|
| 2646 | QWidget *cursorWidget = enter;
|
|---|
| 2647 | while (!cursorWidget->isWindow() && !cursorWidget->isEnabled())
|
|---|
| 2648 | cursorWidget = cursorWidget->parentWidget();
|
|---|
| 2649 |
|
|---|
| 2650 | if (!cursorWidget)
|
|---|
| 2651 | return;
|
|---|
| 2652 |
|
|---|
| 2653 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
|---|
| 2654 | if (cursorWidget->window()->graphicsProxyWidget()) {
|
|---|
| 2655 | QWidgetPrivate::nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(cursorWidget)->setCursor(cursorWidget->cursor());
|
|---|
| 2656 | } else
|
|---|
| 2657 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2658 | {
|
|---|
| 2659 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
|---|
| 2660 | qt_win_set_cursor(cursorWidget, true);
|
|---|
| 2661 | #elif defined(Q_WS_PM)
|
|---|
| 2662 | qt_pm_set_cursor(cursorWidget, true);
|
|---|
| 2663 | #elif defined(Q_WS_X11)
|
|---|
| 2664 | qt_x11_enforce_cursor(cursorWidget, true);
|
|---|
| 2665 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2666 | }
|
|---|
| 2667 | }
|
|---|
| 2668 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2669 | }
|
|---|
| 2670 |
|
|---|
| 2671 | /* exported for the benefit of testing tools */
|
|---|
| 2672 | Q_GUI_EXPORT bool qt_tryModalHelper(QWidget *widget, QWidget **rettop)
|
|---|
| 2673 | {
|
|---|
| 2674 | return QApplicationPrivate::tryModalHelper(widget, rettop);
|
|---|
| 2675 | }
|
|---|
| 2676 |
|
|---|
| 2677 | /*! \internal
|
|---|
| 2678 | Returns true if \a widget is blocked by a modal window.
|
|---|
| 2679 | */
|
|---|
| 2680 | bool QApplicationPrivate::isBlockedByModal(QWidget *widget)
|
|---|
| 2681 | {
|
|---|
| 2682 | widget = widget->window();
|
|---|
| 2683 | if (!modalState())
|
|---|
| 2684 | return false;
|
|---|
| 2685 | if (qApp->activePopupWidget() == widget)
|
|---|
| 2686 | return false;
|
|---|
| 2687 |
|
|---|
| 2688 | for (int i = 0; i < qt_modal_stack->size(); ++i) {
|
|---|
| 2689 | QWidget *modalWidget = qt_modal_stack->at(i);
|
|---|
| 2690 |
|
|---|
| 2691 | {
|
|---|
| 2692 | // check if the active modal widget is our widget or a parent of our widget
|
|---|
| 2693 | QWidget *w = widget;
|
|---|
| 2694 | while (w) {
|
|---|
| 2695 | if (w == modalWidget)
|
|---|
| 2696 | return false;
|
|---|
| 2697 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
|---|
| 2698 | }
|
|---|
| 2699 | #ifdef Q_WS_WIN
|
|---|
| 2700 | if ((widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) || widget->data->winid)
|
|---|
| 2701 | && (modalWidget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) || modalWidget->data->winid)
|
|---|
| 2702 | && IsChild(modalWidget->data->winid, widget->data->winid))
|
|---|
| 2703 | return false;
|
|---|
| 2704 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2705 | }
|
|---|
| 2706 |
|
|---|
| 2707 | Qt::WindowModality windowModality = modalWidget->windowModality();
|
|---|
| 2708 | if (windowModality == Qt::NonModal) {
|
|---|
| 2709 | // determine the modality type if it hasn't been set on the
|
|---|
| 2710 | // modalWidget, this normally happens when waiting for a
|
|---|
| 2711 | // native dialog. use WindowModal if we are the child of a
|
|---|
| 2712 | // group leader; otherwise use ApplicationModal.
|
|---|
| 2713 | QWidget *m = modalWidget;
|
|---|
| 2714 | while (m && !m->testAttribute(Qt::WA_GroupLeader)) {
|
|---|
| 2715 | m = m->parentWidget();
|
|---|
| 2716 | if (m)
|
|---|
| 2717 | m = m->window();
|
|---|
| 2718 | }
|
|---|
| 2719 | windowModality = (m && m->testAttribute(Qt::WA_GroupLeader))
|
|---|
| 2720 | ? Qt::WindowModal
|
|---|
| 2721 | : Qt::ApplicationModal;
|
|---|
| 2722 | }
|
|---|
| 2723 |
|
|---|
| 2724 | switch (windowModality) {
|
|---|
| 2725 | case Qt::ApplicationModal:
|
|---|
| 2726 | {
|
|---|
| 2727 | QWidget *groupLeaderForWidget = widget;
|
|---|
| 2728 | while (groupLeaderForWidget && !groupLeaderForWidget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_GroupLeader))
|
|---|
| 2729 | groupLeaderForWidget = groupLeaderForWidget->parentWidget();
|
|---|
| 2730 |
|
|---|
| 2731 | if (groupLeaderForWidget) {
|
|---|
| 2732 | // if \a widget has WA_GroupLeader, it can only be blocked by ApplicationModal children
|
|---|
| 2733 | QWidget *m = modalWidget;
|
|---|
| 2734 | while (m && m != groupLeaderForWidget && !m->testAttribute(Qt::WA_GroupLeader))
|
|---|
| 2735 | m = m->parentWidget();
|
|---|
| 2736 | if (m == groupLeaderForWidget)
|
|---|
| 2737 | return true;
|
|---|
| 2738 | } else if (modalWidget != widget) {
|
|---|
| 2739 | return true;
|
|---|
| 2740 | }
|
|---|
| 2741 | break;
|
|---|
| 2742 | }
|
|---|
| 2743 | case Qt::WindowModal:
|
|---|
| 2744 | {
|
|---|
| 2745 | QWidget *w = widget;
|
|---|
| 2746 | do {
|
|---|
| 2747 | QWidget *m = modalWidget;
|
|---|
| 2748 | do {
|
|---|
| 2749 | if (m == w)
|
|---|
| 2750 | return true;
|
|---|
| 2751 | m = m->parentWidget();
|
|---|
| 2752 | if (m)
|
|---|
| 2753 | m = m->window();
|
|---|
| 2754 | } while (m);
|
|---|
| 2755 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
|---|
| 2756 | if (w)
|
|---|
| 2757 | w = w->window();
|
|---|
| 2758 | } while (w);
|
|---|
| 2759 | break;
|
|---|
| 2760 | }
|
|---|
| 2761 | default:
|
|---|
| 2762 | Q_ASSERT_X(false, "QApplication", "internal error, a modal widget cannot be modeless");
|
|---|
| 2763 | break;
|
|---|
| 2764 | }
|
|---|
| 2765 | }
|
|---|
| 2766 | return false;
|
|---|
| 2767 | }
|
|---|
| 2768 |
|
|---|
| 2769 | /*!\internal
|
|---|
| 2770 | */
|
|---|
| 2771 | void QApplicationPrivate::enterModal(QWidget *widget)
|
|---|
| 2772 | {
|
|---|
| 2773 | QSet<QWidget*> blocked;
|
|---|
| 2774 | QList<QWidget*> windows = qApp->topLevelWidgets();
|
|---|
| 2775 | for (int i = 0; i < windows.count(); ++i) {
|
|---|
| 2776 | QWidget *window = windows.at(i);
|
|---|
| 2777 | if (window->windowType() != Qt::Tool && isBlockedByModal(window))
|
|---|
| 2778 | blocked.insert(window);
|
|---|
| 2779 | }
|
|---|
| 2780 |
|
|---|
| 2781 | enterModal_sys(widget);
|
|---|
| 2782 |
|
|---|
| 2783 | windows = qApp->topLevelWidgets();
|
|---|
| 2784 | QEvent e(QEvent::WindowBlocked);
|
|---|
| 2785 | for (int i = 0; i < windows.count(); ++i) {
|
|---|
| 2786 | QWidget *window = windows.at(i);
|
|---|
| 2787 | if (!blocked.contains(window) && window->windowType() != Qt::Tool && isBlockedByModal(window))
|
|---|
| 2788 | QApplication::sendEvent(window, &e);
|
|---|
| 2789 | }
|
|---|
| 2790 | }
|
|---|
| 2791 |
|
|---|
| 2792 | /*!\internal
|
|---|
| 2793 | */
|
|---|
| 2794 | void QApplicationPrivate::leaveModal(QWidget *widget)
|
|---|
| 2795 | {
|
|---|
| 2796 | QSet<QWidget*> blocked;
|
|---|
| 2797 | QList<QWidget*> windows = qApp->topLevelWidgets();
|
|---|
| 2798 | for (int i = 0; i < windows.count(); ++i) {
|
|---|
| 2799 | QWidget *window = windows.at(i);
|
|---|
| 2800 | if (window->windowType() != Qt::Tool && isBlockedByModal(window))
|
|---|
| 2801 | blocked.insert(window);
|
|---|
| 2802 | }
|
|---|
| 2803 |
|
|---|
| 2804 | leaveModal_sys(widget);
|
|---|
| 2805 |
|
|---|
| 2806 | windows = qApp->topLevelWidgets();
|
|---|
| 2807 | QEvent e(QEvent::WindowUnblocked);
|
|---|
| 2808 | for (int i = 0; i < windows.count(); ++i) {
|
|---|
| 2809 | QWidget *window = windows.at(i);
|
|---|
| 2810 | if(blocked.contains(window) && window->windowType() != Qt::Tool && !isBlockedByModal(window))
|
|---|
| 2811 | QApplication::sendEvent(window, &e);
|
|---|
| 2812 | }
|
|---|
| 2813 | }
|
|---|
| 2814 |
|
|---|
| 2815 |
|
|---|
| 2816 |
|
|---|
| 2817 | /*!\internal
|
|---|
| 2818 |
|
|---|
| 2819 | Called from qapplication_\e{platform}.cpp, returns true
|
|---|
| 2820 | if the widget should accept the event.
|
|---|
| 2821 | */
|
|---|
| 2822 | bool QApplicationPrivate::tryModalHelper(QWidget *widget, QWidget **rettop)
|
|---|
| 2823 | {
|
|---|
| 2824 | QWidget *top = QApplication::activeModalWidget();
|
|---|
| 2825 | if (rettop)
|
|---|
| 2826 | *rettop = top;
|
|---|
| 2827 |
|
|---|
| 2828 | // the active popup widget always gets the input event
|
|---|
| 2829 | if (qApp->activePopupWidget())
|
|---|
| 2830 | return true;
|
|---|
| 2831 |
|
|---|
| 2832 | #if defined(Q_WS_MAC) && defined(QT_MAC_USE_COCOA)
|
|---|
| 2833 | top = QApplicationPrivate::tryModalHelper_sys(top);
|
|---|
| 2834 | if (rettop)
|
|---|
| 2835 | *rettop = top;
|
|---|
| 2836 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2837 |
|
|---|
| 2838 | return !isBlockedByModal(widget->window());
|
|---|
| 2839 | }
|
|---|
| 2840 |
|
|---|
| 2841 | /*
|
|---|
| 2842 | \internal
|
|---|
| 2843 | */
|
|---|
| 2844 | QWidget *QApplicationPrivate::pickMouseReceiver(QWidget *candidate, const QPoint &globalPos,
|
|---|
| 2845 | QPoint &pos, QEvent::Type type,
|
|---|
| 2846 | Qt::MouseButtons buttons, QWidget *buttonDown,
|
|---|
| 2847 | QWidget *alienWidget)
|
|---|
| 2848 | {
|
|---|
| 2849 | Q_ASSERT(candidate);
|
|---|
| 2850 |
|
|---|
| 2851 | QWidget *mouseGrabber = QWidget::mouseGrabber();
|
|---|
| 2852 | if (((type == QEvent::MouseMove && buttons) || (type == QEvent::MouseButtonRelease))
|
|---|
| 2853 | && !buttonDown && !mouseGrabber) {
|
|---|
| 2854 | return 0;
|
|---|
| 2855 | }
|
|---|
| 2856 |
|
|---|
| 2857 | if (alienWidget && alienWidget->internalWinId())
|
|---|
| 2858 | alienWidget = 0;
|
|---|
| 2859 |
|
|---|
| 2860 | QWidget *receiver = candidate;
|
|---|
| 2861 |
|
|---|
| 2862 | if (!mouseGrabber)
|
|---|
| 2863 | mouseGrabber = buttonDown ? buttonDown : alienWidget;
|
|---|
| 2864 |
|
|---|
| 2865 | if (mouseGrabber && mouseGrabber != candidate) {
|
|---|
| 2866 | receiver = mouseGrabber;
|
|---|
| 2867 | pos = receiver->mapFromGlobal(globalPos);
|
|---|
| 2868 | #ifdef ALIEN_DEBUG
|
|---|
| 2869 | qDebug() << " ** receiver adjusted to:" << receiver << "pos:" << pos;
|
|---|
| 2870 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2871 | }
|
|---|
| 2872 |
|
|---|
| 2873 | return receiver;
|
|---|
| 2874 |
|
|---|
| 2875 | }
|
|---|
| 2876 |
|
|---|
| 2877 | /*
|
|---|
| 2878 | \internal
|
|---|
| 2879 | */
|
|---|
| 2880 | bool QApplicationPrivate::sendMouseEvent(QWidget *receiver, QMouseEvent *event,
|
|---|
| 2881 | QWidget *alienWidget, QWidget *nativeWidget,
|
|---|
| 2882 | QWidget **buttonDown, QPointer<QWidget> &lastMouseReceiver)
|
|---|
| 2883 | {
|
|---|
| 2884 | Q_ASSERT(receiver);
|
|---|
| 2885 | Q_ASSERT(event);
|
|---|
| 2886 | Q_ASSERT(nativeWidget);
|
|---|
| 2887 | Q_ASSERT(buttonDown);
|
|---|
| 2888 |
|
|---|
| 2889 | if (alienWidget && !isAlien(alienWidget))
|
|---|
| 2890 | alienWidget = 0;
|
|---|
| 2891 |
|
|---|
| 2892 | QPointer<QWidget> receiverGuard = receiver;
|
|---|
| 2893 | QPointer<QWidget> nativeGuard = nativeWidget;
|
|---|
| 2894 | QPointer<QWidget> alienGuard = alienWidget;
|
|---|
| 2895 | QPointer<QWidget> activePopupWidget = qApp->activePopupWidget();
|
|---|
| 2896 |
|
|---|
| 2897 | const bool graphicsWidget = nativeWidget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DontShowOnScreen);
|
|---|
| 2898 |
|
|---|
| 2899 | if (*buttonDown) {
|
|---|
| 2900 | if (!graphicsWidget) {
|
|---|
| 2901 | // Register the widget that shall receive a leave event
|
|---|
| 2902 | // after the last button is released.
|
|---|
| 2903 | if ((alienWidget || !receiver->internalWinId()) && !leaveAfterRelease && !QWidget::mouseGrabber())
|
|---|
| 2904 | leaveAfterRelease = *buttonDown;
|
|---|
| 2905 | if (event->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonRelease && !event->buttons())
|
|---|
| 2906 | *buttonDown = 0;
|
|---|
| 2907 | }
|
|---|
| 2908 | } else if (lastMouseReceiver) {
|
|---|
| 2909 | // Dispatch enter/leave if we move:
|
|---|
| 2910 | // 1) from an alien widget to another alien widget or
|
|---|
| 2911 | // from a native widget to an alien widget (first OR case)
|
|---|
| 2912 | // 2) from an alien widget to a native widget (second OR case)
|
|---|
| 2913 | if ((alienWidget && alienWidget != lastMouseReceiver)
|
|---|
| 2914 | || (isAlien(lastMouseReceiver) && !alienWidget)) {
|
|---|
| 2915 | if (activePopupWidget) {
|
|---|
| 2916 | if (!QWidget::mouseGrabber())
|
|---|
| 2917 | dispatchEnterLeave(alienWidget ? alienWidget : nativeWidget, lastMouseReceiver);
|
|---|
| 2918 | } else {
|
|---|
| 2919 | dispatchEnterLeave(receiver, lastMouseReceiver);
|
|---|
| 2920 | }
|
|---|
| 2921 |
|
|---|
| 2922 | }
|
|---|
| 2923 | }
|
|---|
| 2924 |
|
|---|
| 2925 | #ifdef ALIEN_DEBUG
|
|---|
| 2926 | qDebug() << "QApplicationPrivate::sendMouseEvent: receiver:" << receiver
|
|---|
| 2927 | << "pos:" << event->pos() << "alien" << alienWidget << "button down"
|
|---|
| 2928 | << *buttonDown << "last" << lastMouseReceiver << "leave after release"
|
|---|
| 2929 | << leaveAfterRelease;
|
|---|
| 2930 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2931 |
|
|---|
| 2932 | // We need this quard in case someone opens a modal dialog / popup. If that's the case
|
|---|
| 2933 | // leaveAfterRelease is set to null, but we shall not update lastMouseReceiver.
|
|---|
| 2934 | const bool wasLeaveAfterRelease = leaveAfterRelease != 0;
|
|---|
| 2935 | bool result = QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(receiver, event);
|
|---|
| 2936 |
|
|---|
| 2937 | if (!graphicsWidget && leaveAfterRelease && event->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonRelease
|
|---|
| 2938 | && !event->buttons() && QWidget::mouseGrabber() != leaveAfterRelease) {
|
|---|
| 2939 | // Dispatch enter/leave if:
|
|---|
| 2940 | // 1) the mouse grabber is an alien widget
|
|---|
| 2941 | // 2) the button is released on an alien widget
|
|---|
| 2942 |
|
|---|
| 2943 | QWidget *enter = 0;
|
|---|
| 2944 | if (nativeGuard)
|
|---|
| 2945 | enter = alienGuard ? alienWidget : nativeWidget;
|
|---|
| 2946 | else // The receiver is typically deleted on mouse release with drag'n'drop.
|
|---|
| 2947 | enter = QApplication::widgetAt(event->globalPos());
|
|---|
| 2948 |
|
|---|
| 2949 | dispatchEnterLeave(enter, leaveAfterRelease);
|
|---|
| 2950 | leaveAfterRelease = 0;
|
|---|
| 2951 | lastMouseReceiver = enter;
|
|---|
| 2952 | } else if (!wasLeaveAfterRelease) {
|
|---|
| 2953 | if (activePopupWidget) {
|
|---|
| 2954 | if (!QWidget::mouseGrabber())
|
|---|
| 2955 | lastMouseReceiver = alienGuard ? alienWidget : (nativeGuard ? nativeWidget : 0);
|
|---|
| 2956 | } else {
|
|---|
| 2957 | lastMouseReceiver = receiverGuard ? receiver : QApplication::widgetAt(event->globalPos());
|
|---|
| 2958 | }
|
|---|
| 2959 | }
|
|---|
| 2960 |
|
|---|
| 2961 | return result;
|
|---|
| 2962 | }
|
|---|
| 2963 |
|
|---|
| 2964 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_PM) || defined(Q_WS_X11)
|
|---|
| 2965 | /*
|
|---|
| 2966 | This function should only be called when the widget changes visibility, i.e.
|
|---|
| 2967 | when the \a widget is shown, hidden or deleted. This function does nothing
|
|---|
| 2968 | if the widget is a top-level or native, i.e. not an alien widget. In that
|
|---|
| 2969 | case enter/leave events are genereated by the underlying windowing system.
|
|---|
| 2970 | */
|
|---|
| 2971 | extern QPointer<QWidget> qt_last_mouse_receiver;
|
|---|
| 2972 | extern QWidget *qt_button_down;
|
|---|
| 2973 | void QApplicationPrivate::sendSyntheticEnterLeave(QWidget *widget)
|
|---|
| 2974 | {
|
|---|
| 2975 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|---|
| 2976 | if (!widget || widget->internalWinId() || widget->isWindow())
|
|---|
| 2977 | return;
|
|---|
| 2978 |
|
|---|
| 2979 | const bool widgetInShow = widget->isVisible() && !widget->data->in_destructor;
|
|---|
| 2980 | if (!widgetInShow && widget != qt_last_mouse_receiver)
|
|---|
| 2981 | return; // Widget was not under the cursor when it was hidden/deleted.
|
|---|
| 2982 |
|
|---|
| 2983 | if (widgetInShow && widget->parentWidget()->data->in_show)
|
|---|
| 2984 | return; // Ingore recursive show.
|
|---|
| 2985 |
|
|---|
| 2986 | QWidget *mouseGrabber = QWidget::mouseGrabber();
|
|---|
| 2987 | if (mouseGrabber && mouseGrabber != widget)
|
|---|
| 2988 | return; // Someone else has the grab; enter/leave should not occur.
|
|---|
| 2989 |
|
|---|
| 2990 | QWidget *tlw = widget->window();
|
|---|
| 2991 | if (tlw->data->in_destructor || tlw->data->is_closing)
|
|---|
| 2992 | return; // Closing down the business.
|
|---|
| 2993 |
|
|---|
| 2994 | if (widgetInShow && (!qt_last_mouse_receiver || qt_last_mouse_receiver->window() != tlw))
|
|---|
| 2995 | return; // Mouse cursor not inside the widget's top-level.
|
|---|
| 2996 |
|
|---|
| 2997 | const QPoint globalPos(QCursor::pos());
|
|---|
| 2998 | QPoint pos = tlw->mapFromGlobal(globalPos);
|
|---|
| 2999 |
|
|---|
| 3000 | // Find the current widget under the mouse. If this function was called from
|
|---|
| 3001 | // the widget's destructor, we have to make sure childAt() doesn't take into
|
|---|
| 3002 | // account widgets that are about to be destructed.
|
|---|
| 3003 | QWidget *widgetUnderCursor = tlw->d_func()->childAt_helper(pos, widget->data->in_destructor);
|
|---|
| 3004 | if (!widgetUnderCursor)
|
|---|
| 3005 | widgetUnderCursor = tlw;
|
|---|
| 3006 | else
|
|---|
| 3007 | pos = widgetUnderCursor->mapFrom(tlw, pos);
|
|---|
| 3008 |
|
|---|
| 3009 | if (widgetInShow && widgetUnderCursor != widget && !widget->isAncestorOf(widgetUnderCursor))
|
|---|
| 3010 | return; // Mouse cursor not inside the widget or any of its children.
|
|---|
| 3011 |
|
|---|
| 3012 | if (widget->data->in_destructor && qt_button_down == widget)
|
|---|
| 3013 | qt_button_down = 0;
|
|---|
| 3014 |
|
|---|
| 3015 | // Send enter/leave events followed by a mouse move on the entered widget.
|
|---|
| 3016 | QMouseEvent e(QEvent::MouseMove, pos, globalPos, Qt::NoButton, mouse_buttons, modifier_buttons);
|
|---|
| 3017 | sendMouseEvent(widgetUnderCursor, &e, widgetUnderCursor, tlw, &qt_button_down, qt_last_mouse_receiver);
|
|---|
| 3018 | #endif // QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|---|
| 3019 | }
|
|---|
| 3020 | #endif // Q_WS_WIN || Q_WS_PM || Q_WS_X11
|
|---|
| 3021 |
|
|---|
| 3022 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3023 | Returns the desktop widget (also called the root window).
|
|---|
| 3024 |
|
|---|
| 3025 | The desktop may be composed of multiple screens, so it would be incorrect,
|
|---|
| 3026 | for example, to attempt to \e center some widget in the desktop's geometry.
|
|---|
| 3027 | QDesktopWidget has various functions for obtaining useful geometries upon
|
|---|
| 3028 | the desktop, such as QDesktopWidget::screenGeometry() and
|
|---|
| 3029 | QDesktopWidget::availableGeometry().
|
|---|
| 3030 |
|
|---|
| 3031 | On X11, it is also possible to draw on the desktop.
|
|---|
| 3032 | */
|
|---|
| 3033 | QDesktopWidget *QApplication::desktop()
|
|---|
| 3034 | {
|
|---|
| 3035 | if (!qt_desktopWidget || // not created yet
|
|---|
| 3036 | !(qt_desktopWidget->windowType() == Qt::Desktop)) { // reparented away
|
|---|
| 3037 | qt_desktopWidget = new QDesktopWidget();
|
|---|
| 3038 | }
|
|---|
| 3039 | return qt_desktopWidget;
|
|---|
| 3040 | }
|
|---|
| 3041 |
|
|---|
| 3042 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
|---|
| 3043 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3044 | Returns a pointer to the application global clipboard.
|
|---|
| 3045 |
|
|---|
| 3046 | \note The QApplication object should already be constructed before
|
|---|
| 3047 | accessing the clipboard.
|
|---|
| 3048 | */
|
|---|
| 3049 | QClipboard *QApplication::clipboard()
|
|---|
| 3050 | {
|
|---|
| 3051 | if (qt_clipboard == 0) {
|
|---|
| 3052 | if (!qApp) {
|
|---|
| 3053 | qWarning("QApplication: Must construct a QApplication before accessing a QClipboard");
|
|---|
| 3054 | return 0;
|
|---|
| 3055 | }
|
|---|
| 3056 | qt_clipboard = new QClipboard(0);
|
|---|
| 3057 | }
|
|---|
| 3058 | return qt_clipboard;
|
|---|
| 3059 | }
|
|---|
| 3060 | #endif // QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
|---|
| 3061 |
|
|---|
| 3062 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3063 | Sets whether Qt should use the system's standard colors, fonts, etc., to
|
|---|
| 3064 | \a on. By default, this is true.
|
|---|
| 3065 |
|
|---|
| 3066 | This function must be called before creating the QApplication object, like
|
|---|
| 3067 | this:
|
|---|
| 3068 |
|
|---|
| 3069 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 6
|
|---|
| 3070 |
|
|---|
| 3071 | \sa desktopSettingsAware()
|
|---|
| 3072 | */
|
|---|
| 3073 | void QApplication::setDesktopSettingsAware(bool on)
|
|---|
| 3074 | {
|
|---|
| 3075 | QApplicationPrivate::obey_desktop_settings = on;
|
|---|
| 3076 | }
|
|---|
| 3077 |
|
|---|
| 3078 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3079 | Returns true if Qt is set to use the system's standard colors, fonts, etc.;
|
|---|
| 3080 | otherwise returns false. The default is true.
|
|---|
| 3081 |
|
|---|
| 3082 | \sa setDesktopSettingsAware()
|
|---|
| 3083 | */
|
|---|
| 3084 | bool QApplication::desktopSettingsAware()
|
|---|
| 3085 | {
|
|---|
| 3086 | return QApplicationPrivate::obey_desktop_settings;
|
|---|
| 3087 | }
|
|---|
| 3088 |
|
|---|
| 3089 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3090 | Returns the current state of the modifier keys on the keyboard. The current
|
|---|
| 3091 | state is updated sychronously as the event queue is emptied of events that
|
|---|
| 3092 | will spontaneously change the keyboard state (QEvent::KeyPress and
|
|---|
| 3093 | QEvent::KeyRelease events).
|
|---|
| 3094 |
|
|---|
| 3095 | It should be noted this may not reflect the actual keys held on the input
|
|---|
| 3096 | device at the time of calling but rather the modifiers as last reported in
|
|---|
| 3097 | one of the above events. If no keys are being held Qt::NoModifier is
|
|---|
| 3098 | returned.
|
|---|
| 3099 |
|
|---|
| 3100 | \sa mouseButtons()
|
|---|
| 3101 | */
|
|---|
| 3102 |
|
|---|
| 3103 | Qt::KeyboardModifiers QApplication::keyboardModifiers()
|
|---|
| 3104 | {
|
|---|
| 3105 | return QApplicationPrivate::modifier_buttons;
|
|---|
| 3106 | }
|
|---|
| 3107 |
|
|---|
| 3108 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3109 | Returns the current state of the buttons on the mouse. The current state is
|
|---|
| 3110 | updated syncronously as the event queue is emptied of events that will
|
|---|
| 3111 | spontaneously change the mouse state (QEvent::MouseButtonPress and
|
|---|
| 3112 | QEvent::MouseButtonRelease events).
|
|---|
| 3113 |
|
|---|
| 3114 | It should be noted this may not reflect the actual buttons held on the
|
|---|
| 3115 | input device at the time of calling but rather the mouse buttons as last
|
|---|
| 3116 | reported in one of the above events. If no mouse buttons are being held
|
|---|
| 3117 | Qt::NoButton is returned.
|
|---|
| 3118 |
|
|---|
| 3119 | \sa keyboardModifiers()
|
|---|
| 3120 | */
|
|---|
| 3121 |
|
|---|
| 3122 | Qt::MouseButtons QApplication::mouseButtons()
|
|---|
| 3123 | {
|
|---|
| 3124 | return QApplicationPrivate::mouse_buttons;
|
|---|
| 3125 | }
|
|---|
| 3126 |
|
|---|
| 3127 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3128 | \fn bool QApplication::isSessionRestored() const
|
|---|
| 3129 |
|
|---|
| 3130 | Returns true if the application has been restored from an earlier
|
|---|
| 3131 | \l{Session Management}{session}; otherwise returns false.
|
|---|
| 3132 |
|
|---|
| 3133 | \sa sessionId(), commitData(), saveState()
|
|---|
| 3134 | */
|
|---|
| 3135 |
|
|---|
| 3136 |
|
|---|
| 3137 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3138 | \fn QString QApplication::sessionId() const
|
|---|
| 3139 |
|
|---|
| 3140 | Returns the current \l{Session Management}{session's} identifier.
|
|---|
| 3141 |
|
|---|
| 3142 | If the application has been restored from an earlier session, this
|
|---|
| 3143 | identifier is the same as it was in that previous session. The session
|
|---|
| 3144 | identifier is guaranteed to be unique both for different applications
|
|---|
| 3145 | and for different instances of the same application.
|
|---|
| 3146 |
|
|---|
| 3147 | \sa isSessionRestored(), sessionKey(), commitData(), saveState()
|
|---|
| 3148 | */
|
|---|
| 3149 |
|
|---|
| 3150 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3151 | \fn QString QApplication::sessionKey() const
|
|---|
| 3152 |
|
|---|
| 3153 | Returns the session key in the current \l{Session Management}{session}.
|
|---|
| 3154 |
|
|---|
| 3155 | If the application has been restored from an earlier session, this key is
|
|---|
| 3156 | the same as it was when the previous session ended.
|
|---|
| 3157 |
|
|---|
| 3158 | The session key changes with every call of commitData() or saveState().
|
|---|
| 3159 |
|
|---|
| 3160 | \sa isSessionRestored(), sessionId(), commitData(), saveState()
|
|---|
| 3161 | */
|
|---|
| 3162 | #ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
|
|---|
| 3163 | bool QApplication::isSessionRestored() const
|
|---|
| 3164 | {
|
|---|
| 3165 | Q_D(const QApplication);
|
|---|
| 3166 | return d->is_session_restored;
|
|---|
| 3167 | }
|
|---|
| 3168 |
|
|---|
| 3169 | QString QApplication::sessionId() const
|
|---|
| 3170 | {
|
|---|
| 3171 | Q_D(const QApplication);
|
|---|
| 3172 | return d->session_id;
|
|---|
| 3173 | }
|
|---|
| 3174 |
|
|---|
| 3175 | QString QApplication::sessionKey() const
|
|---|
| 3176 | {
|
|---|
| 3177 | Q_D(const QApplication);
|
|---|
| 3178 | return d->session_key;
|
|---|
| 3179 | }
|
|---|
| 3180 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3181 |
|
|---|
| 3182 |
|
|---|
| 3183 |
|
|---|
| 3184 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3185 | \since 4.2
|
|---|
| 3186 | \fn void QApplication::commitDataRequest(QSessionManager &manager)
|
|---|
| 3187 |
|
|---|
| 3188 | This signal deals with \l{Session Management}{session management}. It is
|
|---|
| 3189 | emitted when the QSessionManager wants the application to commit all its
|
|---|
| 3190 | data.
|
|---|
| 3191 |
|
|---|
| 3192 | Usually this means saving all open files, after getting permission from
|
|---|
| 3193 | the user. Furthermore you may want to provide a means by which the user
|
|---|
| 3194 | can cancel the shutdown.
|
|---|
| 3195 |
|
|---|
| 3196 | You should not exit the application within this signal. Instead,
|
|---|
| 3197 | the session manager may or may not do this afterwards, depending on the
|
|---|
| 3198 | context.
|
|---|
| 3199 |
|
|---|
| 3200 | \warning Within this signal, no user interaction is possible, \e
|
|---|
| 3201 | unless you ask the \a manager for explicit permission. See
|
|---|
| 3202 | QSessionManager::allowsInteraction() and
|
|---|
| 3203 | QSessionManager::allowsErrorInteraction() for details and example
|
|---|
| 3204 | usage.
|
|---|
| 3205 |
|
|---|
| 3206 | \note You should use Qt::DirectConnection when connecting to this signal.
|
|---|
| 3207 |
|
|---|
| 3208 | \sa isSessionRestored(), sessionId(), saveState(), {Session Management}
|
|---|
| 3209 | */
|
|---|
| 3210 |
|
|---|
| 3211 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3212 | This function deals with \l{Session Management}{session management}. It is
|
|---|
| 3213 | invoked when the QSessionManager wants the application to commit all its
|
|---|
| 3214 | data.
|
|---|
| 3215 |
|
|---|
| 3216 | Usually this means saving all open files, after getting permission from the
|
|---|
| 3217 | user. Furthermore you may want to provide a means by which the user can
|
|---|
| 3218 | cancel the shutdown.
|
|---|
| 3219 |
|
|---|
| 3220 | You should not exit the application within this function. Instead, the
|
|---|
| 3221 | session manager may or may not do this afterwards, depending on the
|
|---|
| 3222 | context.
|
|---|
| 3223 |
|
|---|
| 3224 | \warning Within this function, no user interaction is possible, \e
|
|---|
| 3225 | unless you ask the \a manager for explicit permission. See
|
|---|
| 3226 | QSessionManager::allowsInteraction() and
|
|---|
| 3227 | QSessionManager::allowsErrorInteraction() for details and example
|
|---|
| 3228 | usage.
|
|---|
| 3229 |
|
|---|
| 3230 | The default implementation requests interaction and sends a close event to
|
|---|
| 3231 | all visible top-level widgets. If any event was rejected, the shutdown is
|
|---|
| 3232 | canceled.
|
|---|
| 3233 |
|
|---|
| 3234 | \sa isSessionRestored(), sessionId(), saveState(), {Session Management}
|
|---|
| 3235 | */
|
|---|
| 3236 | #ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
|
|---|
| 3237 | void QApplication::commitData(QSessionManager& manager )
|
|---|
| 3238 | {
|
|---|
| 3239 | emit commitDataRequest(manager);
|
|---|
| 3240 | if (manager.allowsInteraction()) {
|
|---|
| 3241 | QWidgetList done;
|
|---|
| 3242 | QWidgetList list = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
|
|---|
| 3243 | bool cancelled = false;
|
|---|
| 3244 | for (int i = 0; !cancelled && i < list.size(); ++i) {
|
|---|
| 3245 | QWidget* w = list.at(i);
|
|---|
| 3246 | if (w->isVisible() && !done.contains(w)) {
|
|---|
| 3247 | cancelled = !w->close();
|
|---|
| 3248 | if (!cancelled)
|
|---|
| 3249 | done.append(w);
|
|---|
| 3250 | list = QApplication::topLevelWidgets();
|
|---|
| 3251 | i = -1;
|
|---|
| 3252 | }
|
|---|
| 3253 | }
|
|---|
| 3254 | if (cancelled)
|
|---|
| 3255 | manager.cancel();
|
|---|
| 3256 | }
|
|---|
| 3257 | }
|
|---|
| 3258 |
|
|---|
| 3259 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3260 | \since 4.2
|
|---|
| 3261 | \fn void QApplication::saveStateRequest(QSessionManager &manager)
|
|---|
| 3262 |
|
|---|
| 3263 | This signal deals with \l{Session Management}{session management}. It is
|
|---|
| 3264 | invoked when the \l{QSessionManager}{session manager} wants the application
|
|---|
| 3265 | to preserve its state for a future session.
|
|---|
| 3266 |
|
|---|
| 3267 | For example, a text editor would create a temporary file that includes the
|
|---|
| 3268 | current contents of its edit buffers, the location of the cursor and other
|
|---|
| 3269 | aspects of the current editing session.
|
|---|
| 3270 |
|
|---|
| 3271 | You should never exit the application within this signal. Instead, the
|
|---|
| 3272 | session manager may or may not do this afterwards, depending on the
|
|---|
| 3273 | context. Futhermore, most session managers will very likely request a saved
|
|---|
| 3274 | state immediately after the application has been started. This permits the
|
|---|
| 3275 | session manager to learn about the application's restart policy.
|
|---|
| 3276 |
|
|---|
| 3277 | \warning Within this function, no user interaction is possible, \e
|
|---|
| 3278 | unless you ask the \a manager for explicit permission. See
|
|---|
| 3279 | QSessionManager::allowsInteraction() and
|
|---|
| 3280 | QSessionManager::allowsErrorInteraction() for details.
|
|---|
| 3281 |
|
|---|
| 3282 | \note You should use Qt::DirectConnection when connecting to this signal.
|
|---|
| 3283 |
|
|---|
| 3284 | \sa isSessionRestored(), sessionId(), commitData(), {Session Management}
|
|---|
| 3285 | */
|
|---|
| 3286 |
|
|---|
| 3287 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3288 | This function deals with \l{Session Management}{session management}. It is
|
|---|
| 3289 | invoked when the \l{QSessionManager}{session manager} wants the application
|
|---|
| 3290 | to preserve its state for a future session.
|
|---|
| 3291 |
|
|---|
| 3292 | For example, a text editor would create a temporary file that includes the
|
|---|
| 3293 | current contents of its edit buffers, the location of the cursor and other
|
|---|
| 3294 | aspects of the current editing session.
|
|---|
| 3295 |
|
|---|
| 3296 | You should never exit the application within this function. Instead, the
|
|---|
| 3297 | session manager may or may not do this afterwards, depending on the
|
|---|
| 3298 | context. Futhermore, most session managers will very likely request a saved
|
|---|
| 3299 | state immediately after the application has been started. This permits the
|
|---|
| 3300 | session manager to learn about the application's restart policy.
|
|---|
| 3301 |
|
|---|
| 3302 | \warning Within this function, no user interaction is possible, \e
|
|---|
| 3303 | unless you ask the \a manager for explicit permission. See
|
|---|
| 3304 | QSessionManager::allowsInteraction() and
|
|---|
| 3305 | QSessionManager::allowsErrorInteraction() for details.
|
|---|
| 3306 |
|
|---|
| 3307 | \sa isSessionRestored(), sessionId(), commitData(), {Session Management}
|
|---|
| 3308 | */
|
|---|
| 3309 |
|
|---|
| 3310 | void QApplication::saveState(QSessionManager &manager)
|
|---|
| 3311 | {
|
|---|
| 3312 | emit saveStateRequest(manager);
|
|---|
| 3313 | }
|
|---|
| 3314 | #endif //QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
|
|---|
| 3315 | /*
|
|---|
| 3316 | Sets the time after which a drag should start to \a ms ms.
|
|---|
| 3317 |
|
|---|
| 3318 | \sa startDragTime()
|
|---|
| 3319 | */
|
|---|
| 3320 |
|
|---|
| 3321 | void QApplication::setStartDragTime(int ms)
|
|---|
| 3322 | {
|
|---|
| 3323 | drag_time = ms;
|
|---|
| 3324 | }
|
|---|
| 3325 |
|
|---|
| 3326 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3327 | \property QApplication::startDragTime
|
|---|
| 3328 | \brief the time in milliseconds that a mouse button must be held down
|
|---|
| 3329 | before a drag and drop operation will begin
|
|---|
| 3330 |
|
|---|
| 3331 | If you support drag and drop in your application, and want to start a drag
|
|---|
| 3332 | and drop operation after the user has held down a mouse button for a
|
|---|
| 3333 | certain amount of time, you should use this property's value as the delay.
|
|---|
| 3334 |
|
|---|
| 3335 | Qt also uses this delay internally, e.g. in QTextEdit and QLineEdit, for
|
|---|
| 3336 | starting a drag.
|
|---|
| 3337 |
|
|---|
| 3338 | The default value is 500 ms.
|
|---|
| 3339 |
|
|---|
| 3340 | \sa startDragDistance(), {Drag and Drop}
|
|---|
| 3341 | */
|
|---|
| 3342 |
|
|---|
| 3343 | int QApplication::startDragTime()
|
|---|
| 3344 | {
|
|---|
| 3345 | return drag_time;
|
|---|
| 3346 | }
|
|---|
| 3347 |
|
|---|
| 3348 | /*
|
|---|
| 3349 | Sets the distance after which a drag should start to \a l pixels.
|
|---|
| 3350 |
|
|---|
| 3351 | \sa startDragDistance()
|
|---|
| 3352 | */
|
|---|
| 3353 |
|
|---|
| 3354 | void QApplication::setStartDragDistance(int l)
|
|---|
| 3355 | {
|
|---|
| 3356 | drag_distance = l;
|
|---|
| 3357 | }
|
|---|
| 3358 |
|
|---|
| 3359 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3360 | \property QApplication::startDragDistance
|
|---|
| 3361 |
|
|---|
| 3362 | If you support drag and drop in your application, and want to start a drag
|
|---|
| 3363 | and drop operation after the user has moved the cursor a certain distance
|
|---|
| 3364 | with a button held down, you should use this property's value as the
|
|---|
| 3365 | minimum distance required.
|
|---|
| 3366 |
|
|---|
| 3367 | For example, if the mouse position of the click is stored in \c startPos
|
|---|
| 3368 | and the current position (e.g. in the mouse move event) is \c currentPos,
|
|---|
| 3369 | you can find out if a drag should be started with code like this:
|
|---|
| 3370 |
|
|---|
| 3371 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 7
|
|---|
| 3372 |
|
|---|
| 3373 | Qt uses this value internally, e.g. in QFileDialog.
|
|---|
| 3374 |
|
|---|
| 3375 | The default value is 4 pixels.
|
|---|
| 3376 |
|
|---|
| 3377 | \sa startDragTime() QPoint::manhattanLength() {Drag and Drop}
|
|---|
| 3378 | */
|
|---|
| 3379 |
|
|---|
| 3380 | int QApplication::startDragDistance()
|
|---|
| 3381 | {
|
|---|
| 3382 | return drag_distance;
|
|---|
| 3383 | }
|
|---|
| 3384 |
|
|---|
| 3385 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3386 | \fn void QApplication::setReverseLayout(bool reverse)
|
|---|
| 3387 |
|
|---|
| 3388 | Use setLayoutDirection() instead.
|
|---|
| 3389 | */
|
|---|
| 3390 |
|
|---|
| 3391 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3392 | \fn void QApplication::reverseLayout()
|
|---|
| 3393 |
|
|---|
| 3394 | Use layoutDirection() instead.
|
|---|
| 3395 | */
|
|---|
| 3396 |
|
|---|
| 3397 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3398 | \fn bool QApplication::isRightToLeft()
|
|---|
| 3399 |
|
|---|
| 3400 | Returns true if the application's layout direction is
|
|---|
| 3401 | Qt::RightToLeft; otherwise returns false.
|
|---|
| 3402 |
|
|---|
| 3403 | \sa layoutDirection(), isLeftToRight()
|
|---|
| 3404 | */
|
|---|
| 3405 |
|
|---|
| 3406 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3407 | \fn bool QApplication::isLeftToRight()
|
|---|
| 3408 |
|
|---|
| 3409 | Returns true if the application's layout direction is
|
|---|
| 3410 | Qt::LeftToRight; otherwise returns false.
|
|---|
| 3411 |
|
|---|
| 3412 | \sa layoutDirection(), isRightToLeft()
|
|---|
| 3413 | */
|
|---|
| 3414 |
|
|---|
| 3415 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3416 | \property QApplication::layoutDirection
|
|---|
| 3417 | \brief the default layout direction for this application
|
|---|
| 3418 |
|
|---|
| 3419 | On system start-up, the default layout direction depends on the
|
|---|
| 3420 | application's language.
|
|---|
| 3421 |
|
|---|
| 3422 | \sa QWidget::layoutDirection, isLeftToRight(), isRightToLeft()
|
|---|
| 3423 | */
|
|---|
| 3424 |
|
|---|
| 3425 | void QApplication::setLayoutDirection(Qt::LayoutDirection direction)
|
|---|
| 3426 | {
|
|---|
| 3427 | if (layout_direction == direction)
|
|---|
| 3428 | return;
|
|---|
| 3429 |
|
|---|
| 3430 | layout_direction = direction;
|
|---|
| 3431 |
|
|---|
| 3432 | QWidgetList list = topLevelWidgets();
|
|---|
| 3433 | for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) {
|
|---|
| 3434 | QWidget *w = list.at(i);
|
|---|
| 3435 | QEvent ev(QEvent::ApplicationLayoutDirectionChange);
|
|---|
| 3436 | sendEvent(w, &ev);
|
|---|
| 3437 | }
|
|---|
| 3438 | }
|
|---|
| 3439 |
|
|---|
| 3440 | Qt::LayoutDirection QApplication::layoutDirection()
|
|---|
| 3441 | {
|
|---|
| 3442 | return layout_direction;
|
|---|
| 3443 | }
|
|---|
| 3444 |
|
|---|
| 3445 |
|
|---|
| 3446 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3447 | \obsolete
|
|---|
| 3448 |
|
|---|
| 3449 | Strips out vertical alignment flags and transforms an alignment \a align
|
|---|
| 3450 | of Qt::AlignLeft into Qt::AlignLeft or Qt::AlignRight according to the
|
|---|
| 3451 | language used.
|
|---|
| 3452 | */
|
|---|
| 3453 |
|
|---|
| 3454 | #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
|
|---|
| 3455 | Qt::Alignment QApplication::horizontalAlignment(Qt::Alignment align)
|
|---|
| 3456 | {
|
|---|
| 3457 | return QStyle::visualAlignment(layoutDirection(), align);
|
|---|
| 3458 | }
|
|---|
| 3459 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3460 |
|
|---|
| 3461 |
|
|---|
| 3462 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3463 | \fn QCursor *QApplication::overrideCursor()
|
|---|
| 3464 |
|
|---|
| 3465 | Returns the active application override cursor.
|
|---|
| 3466 |
|
|---|
| 3467 | This function returns 0 if no application cursor has been defined (i.e. the
|
|---|
| 3468 | internal cursor stack is empty).
|
|---|
| 3469 |
|
|---|
| 3470 | \sa setOverrideCursor(), restoreOverrideCursor()
|
|---|
| 3471 | */
|
|---|
| 3472 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|---|
| 3473 | QCursor *QApplication::overrideCursor()
|
|---|
| 3474 | {
|
|---|
| 3475 | return qApp->d_func()->cursor_list.isEmpty() ? 0 : &qApp->d_func()->cursor_list.first();
|
|---|
| 3476 | }
|
|---|
| 3477 |
|
|---|
| 3478 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3479 | Changes the currently active application override cursor to \a cursor.
|
|---|
| 3480 |
|
|---|
| 3481 | This function has no effect if setOverrideCursor() was not called.
|
|---|
| 3482 |
|
|---|
| 3483 | \sa setOverrideCursor(), overrideCursor(), restoreOverrideCursor(),
|
|---|
| 3484 | QWidget::setCursor()
|
|---|
| 3485 | */
|
|---|
| 3486 | void QApplication::changeOverrideCursor(const QCursor &cursor)
|
|---|
| 3487 | {
|
|---|
| 3488 | if (qApp->d_func()->cursor_list.isEmpty())
|
|---|
| 3489 | return;
|
|---|
| 3490 | qApp->d_func()->cursor_list.removeFirst();
|
|---|
| 3491 | setOverrideCursor(cursor);
|
|---|
| 3492 | }
|
|---|
| 3493 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3494 |
|
|---|
| 3495 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3496 | \fn void QApplication::setOverrideCursor(const QCursor &cursor, bool replace)
|
|---|
| 3497 |
|
|---|
| 3498 | Use changeOverrideCursor(\a cursor) (if \a replace is true) or
|
|---|
| 3499 | setOverrideCursor(\a cursor) (if \a replace is false).
|
|---|
| 3500 | */
|
|---|
| 3501 |
|
|---|
| 3502 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3503 | Enters the main event loop and waits until exit() is called, then returns
|
|---|
| 3504 | the value that was set to exit() (which is 0 if exit() is called via
|
|---|
| 3505 | quit()).
|
|---|
| 3506 |
|
|---|
| 3507 | It is necessary to call this function to start event handling. The main
|
|---|
| 3508 | event loop receives events from the window system and dispatches these to
|
|---|
| 3509 | the application widgets.
|
|---|
| 3510 |
|
|---|
| 3511 | Generally, no user interaction can take place before calling exec(). As a
|
|---|
| 3512 | special case, modal widgets like QMessageBox can be used before calling
|
|---|
| 3513 | exec(), because modal widgets call exec() to start a local event loop.
|
|---|
| 3514 |
|
|---|
| 3515 | To make your application perform idle processing, i.e., executing a special
|
|---|
| 3516 | function whenever there are no pending events, use a QTimer with 0 timeout.
|
|---|
| 3517 | More advanced idle processing schemes can be achieved using processEvents().
|
|---|
| 3518 |
|
|---|
| 3519 | We recommend that you connect clean-up code to the
|
|---|
| 3520 | \l{QCoreApplication::}{aboutToQuit()} signal, instead of putting it in your
|
|---|
| 3521 | application's \c{main()} function because on some platforms the
|
|---|
| 3522 | QApplication::exec() call may not return. For example, on Windows when the
|
|---|
| 3523 | user logs off, the system terminates the process after Qt closes all
|
|---|
| 3524 | top-level windows. Hence, there is no guarantee that the application will
|
|---|
| 3525 | have time to exit its event loop and execute code at the end of the
|
|---|
| 3526 | \c{main()} function after the QApplication::exec() call.
|
|---|
| 3527 |
|
|---|
| 3528 | \sa quitOnLastWindowClosed, quit(), exit(), processEvents(),
|
|---|
| 3529 | QCoreApplication::exec()
|
|---|
| 3530 | */
|
|---|
| 3531 | int QApplication::exec()
|
|---|
| 3532 | {
|
|---|
| 3533 | #ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY
|
|---|
| 3534 | QAccessible::setRootObject(qApp);
|
|---|
| 3535 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3536 | return QCoreApplication::exec();
|
|---|
| 3537 | }
|
|---|
| 3538 |
|
|---|
| 3539 | /*! \reimp
|
|---|
| 3540 | */
|
|---|
| 3541 | bool QApplication::notify(QObject *receiver, QEvent *e)
|
|---|
| 3542 | {
|
|---|
| 3543 | Q_D(QApplication);
|
|---|
| 3544 | // no events are delivered after ~QCoreApplication() has started
|
|---|
| 3545 | if (QApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing)
|
|---|
| 3546 | return true;
|
|---|
| 3547 |
|
|---|
| 3548 | if (receiver == 0) { // serious error
|
|---|
| 3549 | qWarning("QApplication::notify: Unexpected null receiver");
|
|---|
| 3550 | return true;
|
|---|
| 3551 | }
|
|---|
| 3552 |
|
|---|
| 3553 | #ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG
|
|---|
| 3554 | d->checkReceiverThread(receiver);
|
|---|
| 3555 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3556 |
|
|---|
| 3557 | #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
|
|---|
| 3558 | if (e->type() == QEvent::ChildRemoved && !receiver->d_func()->pendingChildInsertedEvents.isEmpty())
|
|---|
| 3559 | receiver->d_func()->removePendingChildInsertedEvents(static_cast<QChildEvent *>(e)->child());
|
|---|
| 3560 | #endif // QT3_SUPPORT
|
|---|
| 3561 |
|
|---|
| 3562 | // capture the current mouse/keyboard state
|
|---|
| 3563 | if(e->spontaneous()) {
|
|---|
| 3564 | if (e->type() == QEvent::KeyPress
|
|---|
| 3565 | || e->type() == QEvent::KeyRelease) {
|
|---|
| 3566 | QKeyEvent *ke = static_cast<QKeyEvent*>(e);
|
|---|
| 3567 | QApplicationPrivate::modifier_buttons = ke->modifiers();
|
|---|
| 3568 | } else if(e->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonPress
|
|---|
| 3569 | || e->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonRelease) {
|
|---|
| 3570 | QMouseEvent *me = static_cast<QMouseEvent*>(e);
|
|---|
| 3571 | QApplicationPrivate::modifier_buttons = me->modifiers();
|
|---|
| 3572 | if(me->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonPress)
|
|---|
| 3573 | QApplicationPrivate::mouse_buttons |= me->button();
|
|---|
| 3574 | else
|
|---|
| 3575 | QApplicationPrivate::mouse_buttons &= ~me->button();
|
|---|
| 3576 | }
|
|---|
| 3577 | #if !defined(QT_NO_WHEELEVENT) || !defined(QT_NO_TABLETEVENT)
|
|---|
| 3578 | else if (
|
|---|
| 3579 | # ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
|
|---|
| 3580 | e->type() == QEvent::Wheel ||
|
|---|
| 3581 | # endif
|
|---|
| 3582 | # ifndef QT_NO_TABLETEVENT
|
|---|
| 3583 | e->type() == QEvent::TabletMove
|
|---|
| 3584 | || e->type() == QEvent::TabletPress
|
|---|
| 3585 | || e->type() == QEvent::TabletRelease
|
|---|
| 3586 | # endif
|
|---|
| 3587 | ) {
|
|---|
| 3588 | QInputEvent *ie = static_cast<QInputEvent*>(e);
|
|---|
| 3589 | QApplicationPrivate::modifier_buttons = ie->modifiers();
|
|---|
| 3590 | }
|
|---|
| 3591 | #endif // !QT_NO_WHEELEVENT || !QT_NO_TABLETEVENT
|
|---|
| 3592 | }
|
|---|
| 3593 |
|
|---|
| 3594 | // User input and window activation makes tooltips sleep
|
|---|
| 3595 | switch (e->type()) {
|
|---|
| 3596 | case QEvent::Wheel:
|
|---|
| 3597 | case QEvent::ActivationChange:
|
|---|
| 3598 | case QEvent::KeyPress:
|
|---|
| 3599 | case QEvent::KeyRelease:
|
|---|
| 3600 | case QEvent::FocusOut:
|
|---|
| 3601 | case QEvent::FocusIn:
|
|---|
| 3602 | case QEvent::MouseButtonPress:
|
|---|
| 3603 | case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
|
|---|
| 3604 | case QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick:
|
|---|
| 3605 | d->toolTipFallAsleep.stop();
|
|---|
| 3606 | case QEvent::Leave:
|
|---|
| 3607 | d->toolTipWakeUp.stop();
|
|---|
| 3608 | default:
|
|---|
| 3609 | break;
|
|---|
| 3610 | }
|
|---|
| 3611 |
|
|---|
| 3612 | bool res = false;
|
|---|
| 3613 | if (!receiver->isWidgetType()) {
|
|---|
| 3614 | res = d->notify_helper(receiver, e);
|
|---|
| 3615 | } else switch (e->type()) {
|
|---|
| 3616 | #if defined QT3_SUPPORT && !defined(QT_NO_SHORTCUT)
|
|---|
| 3617 | case QEvent::Accel:
|
|---|
| 3618 | {
|
|---|
| 3619 | if (d->use_compat()) {
|
|---|
| 3620 | QKeyEvent* key = static_cast<QKeyEvent*>(e);
|
|---|
| 3621 | res = d->notify_helper(receiver, e);
|
|---|
| 3622 |
|
|---|
| 3623 | if (!res && !key->isAccepted())
|
|---|
| 3624 | res = d->qt_dispatchAccelEvent(static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver), key);
|
|---|
| 3625 |
|
|---|
| 3626 | // next lines are for compatibility with Qt <= 3.0.x: old
|
|---|
| 3627 | // QAccel was listening on toplevel widgets
|
|---|
| 3628 | if (!res && !key->isAccepted() && !static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver)->isWindow())
|
|---|
| 3629 | res = d->notify_helper(static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver)->window(), e);
|
|---|
| 3630 | }
|
|---|
| 3631 | break;
|
|---|
| 3632 | }
|
|---|
| 3633 | #endif //QT3_SUPPORT && !QT_NO_SHORTCUT
|
|---|
| 3634 | case QEvent::ShortcutOverride:
|
|---|
| 3635 | case QEvent::KeyPress:
|
|---|
| 3636 | case QEvent::KeyRelease:
|
|---|
| 3637 | {
|
|---|
| 3638 | bool isWidget = receiver->isWidgetType();
|
|---|
| 3639 | bool isGraphicsWidget = false;
|
|---|
| 3640 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
|---|
| 3641 | isGraphicsWidget = !isWidget && qobject_cast<QGraphicsWidget *>(receiver);
|
|---|
| 3642 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3643 | if (!isWidget && !isGraphicsWidget) {
|
|---|
| 3644 | res = d->notify_helper(receiver, e);
|
|---|
| 3645 | break;
|
|---|
| 3646 | }
|
|---|
| 3647 |
|
|---|
| 3648 | QKeyEvent* key = static_cast<QKeyEvent*>(e);
|
|---|
| 3649 | #if defined QT3_SUPPORT && !defined(QT_NO_SHORTCUT)
|
|---|
| 3650 | if (d->use_compat() && d->qt_tryComposeUnicode(static_cast<QWidget*>(receiver), key))
|
|---|
| 3651 | break;
|
|---|
| 3652 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3653 | if (key->type()==QEvent::KeyPress) {
|
|---|
| 3654 | #ifndef QT_NO_SHORTCUT
|
|---|
| 3655 | // Try looking for a Shortcut before sending key events
|
|---|
| 3656 | if ((res = qApp->d_func()->shortcutMap.tryShortcutEvent(receiver, key)))
|
|---|
| 3657 | return res;
|
|---|
| 3658 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3659 | qt_in_tab_key_event = (key->key() == Qt::Key_Backtab
|
|---|
| 3660 | || key->key() == Qt::Key_Tab
|
|---|
| 3661 | || key->key() == Qt::Key_Left
|
|---|
| 3662 | || key->key() == Qt::Key_Up
|
|---|
| 3663 | || key->key() == Qt::Key_Right
|
|---|
| 3664 | || key->key() == Qt::Key_Down);
|
|---|
| 3665 | }
|
|---|
| 3666 | bool def = key->isAccepted();
|
|---|
| 3667 | QPointer<QObject> pr = receiver;
|
|---|
| 3668 | while (receiver) {
|
|---|
| 3669 | if (def)
|
|---|
| 3670 | key->accept();
|
|---|
| 3671 | else
|
|---|
| 3672 | key->ignore();
|
|---|
| 3673 | res = d->notify_helper(receiver, e);
|
|---|
| 3674 | QWidget *w = isWidget ? static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver) : 0;
|
|---|
| 3675 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
|---|
| 3676 | QGraphicsWidget *gw = isGraphicsWidget ? static_cast<QGraphicsWidget *>(receiver) : 0;
|
|---|
| 3677 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3678 |
|
|---|
| 3679 | if ((res && key->isAccepted())
|
|---|
| 3680 | /*
|
|---|
| 3681 | QLineEdit will emit a signal on Key_Return, but
|
|---|
| 3682 | ignore the event, and sometimes the connected
|
|---|
| 3683 | slot deletes the QLineEdit (common in itemview
|
|---|
| 3684 | delegates), so we have to check if the widget
|
|---|
| 3685 | was destroyed even if the event was ignored (to
|
|---|
| 3686 | prevent a crash)
|
|---|
| 3687 |
|
|---|
| 3688 | note that we don't have to reset pw while
|
|---|
| 3689 | propagating (because the original receiver will
|
|---|
| 3690 | be destroyed if one of its ancestors is)
|
|---|
| 3691 | */
|
|---|
| 3692 | || !pr
|
|---|
| 3693 | || (isWidget && (w->isWindow() || !w->parentWidget()))
|
|---|
| 3694 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
|---|
| 3695 | || (isGraphicsWidget && (gw->isWindow() || !gw->parentWidget()))
|
|---|
| 3696 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3697 | ) {
|
|---|
| 3698 | break;
|
|---|
| 3699 | }
|
|---|
| 3700 |
|
|---|
| 3701 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
|---|
| 3702 | receiver = w ? (QObject *)w->parentWidget() : (QObject *)gw->parentWidget();
|
|---|
| 3703 | #else
|
|---|
| 3704 | receiver = w->parentWidget();
|
|---|
| 3705 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3706 | }
|
|---|
| 3707 | qt_in_tab_key_event = false;
|
|---|
| 3708 | }
|
|---|
| 3709 | break;
|
|---|
| 3710 | case QEvent::MouseButtonPress:
|
|---|
| 3711 | case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease:
|
|---|
| 3712 | case QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick:
|
|---|
| 3713 | case QEvent::MouseMove:
|
|---|
| 3714 | {
|
|---|
| 3715 | QWidget* w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
|---|
| 3716 |
|
|---|
| 3717 | QMouseEvent* mouse = static_cast<QMouseEvent*>(e);
|
|---|
| 3718 | QPoint relpos = mouse->pos();
|
|---|
| 3719 |
|
|---|
| 3720 | if (e->spontaneous()) {
|
|---|
| 3721 |
|
|---|
| 3722 | if (e->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonPress) {
|
|---|
| 3723 | QWidget *fw = w;
|
|---|
| 3724 | while (fw) {
|
|---|
| 3725 | if (fw->isEnabled()
|
|---|
| 3726 | && QApplicationPrivate::shouldSetFocus(fw, Qt::ClickFocus)) {
|
|---|
| 3727 | fw->setFocus(Qt::MouseFocusReason);
|
|---|
| 3728 | break;
|
|---|
| 3729 | }
|
|---|
| 3730 | if (fw->isWindow())
|
|---|
| 3731 | break;
|
|---|
| 3732 | fw = fw->parentWidget();
|
|---|
| 3733 | }
|
|---|
| 3734 | }
|
|---|
| 3735 |
|
|---|
| 3736 | if (e->type() == QEvent::MouseMove && mouse->buttons() == 0) {
|
|---|
| 3737 | d->toolTipWidget = w;
|
|---|
| 3738 | d->toolTipPos = relpos;
|
|---|
| 3739 | d->toolTipGlobalPos = mouse->globalPos();
|
|---|
| 3740 | d->toolTipWakeUp.start(d->toolTipFallAsleep.isActive()?20:700, this);
|
|---|
| 3741 | }
|
|---|
| 3742 | }
|
|---|
| 3743 |
|
|---|
| 3744 | bool eventAccepted = mouse->isAccepted();
|
|---|
| 3745 |
|
|---|
| 3746 | QPointer<QWidget> pw = w;
|
|---|
| 3747 | while (w) {
|
|---|
| 3748 | QMouseEvent me(mouse->type(), relpos, mouse->globalPos(), mouse->button(), mouse->buttons(),
|
|---|
| 3749 | mouse->modifiers());
|
|---|
| 3750 | me.spont = mouse->spontaneous();
|
|---|
| 3751 | // throw away any mouse-tracking-only mouse events
|
|---|
| 3752 | if (!w->hasMouseTracking()
|
|---|
| 3753 | && mouse->type() == QEvent::MouseMove && mouse->buttons() == 0) {
|
|---|
| 3754 | // but still send them through all application event filters (normally done by notify_helper)
|
|---|
| 3755 | for (int i = 0; i < d->eventFilters.size(); ++i) {
|
|---|
| 3756 | register QObject *obj = d->eventFilters.at(i);
|
|---|
| 3757 | if (!obj)
|
|---|
| 3758 | continue;
|
|---|
| 3759 | if (obj->d_func()->threadData != w->d_func()->threadData) {
|
|---|
| 3760 | qWarning("QApplication: Object event filter cannot be in a different thread.");
|
|---|
| 3761 | continue;
|
|---|
| 3762 | }
|
|---|
| 3763 | if (obj->eventFilter(w, w == receiver ? mouse : &me))
|
|---|
| 3764 | break;
|
|---|
| 3765 | }
|
|---|
| 3766 | res = true;
|
|---|
| 3767 | } else {
|
|---|
| 3768 | w->setAttribute(Qt::WA_NoMouseReplay, false);
|
|---|
| 3769 | res = d->notify_helper(w, w == receiver ? mouse : &me);
|
|---|
| 3770 | e->spont = false;
|
|---|
| 3771 | }
|
|---|
| 3772 | eventAccepted = (w == receiver ? mouse : &me)->isAccepted();
|
|---|
| 3773 | if (res && eventAccepted)
|
|---|
| 3774 | break;
|
|---|
| 3775 | if (w->isWindow() || w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoMousePropagation))
|
|---|
| 3776 | break;
|
|---|
| 3777 | relpos += w->pos();
|
|---|
| 3778 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
|---|
| 3779 | }
|
|---|
| 3780 |
|
|---|
| 3781 | mouse->setAccepted(eventAccepted);
|
|---|
| 3782 |
|
|---|
| 3783 | if (e->type() == QEvent::MouseMove) {
|
|---|
| 3784 | if (!pw)
|
|---|
| 3785 | break;
|
|---|
| 3786 |
|
|---|
| 3787 | w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
|---|
| 3788 | relpos = mouse->pos();
|
|---|
| 3789 | QPoint diff = relpos - w->mapFromGlobal(d->hoverGlobalPos);
|
|---|
| 3790 | while (w) {
|
|---|
| 3791 | if (w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_Hover) &&
|
|---|
| 3792 | (!qApp->activePopupWidget() || qApp->activePopupWidget() == w->window())) {
|
|---|
| 3793 | QHoverEvent he(QEvent::HoverMove, relpos, relpos - diff);
|
|---|
| 3794 | d->notify_helper(w, &he);
|
|---|
| 3795 | }
|
|---|
| 3796 | if (w->isWindow() || w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoMousePropagation))
|
|---|
| 3797 | break;
|
|---|
| 3798 | relpos += w->pos();
|
|---|
| 3799 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
|---|
| 3800 | }
|
|---|
| 3801 | }
|
|---|
| 3802 |
|
|---|
| 3803 | d->hoverGlobalPos = mouse->globalPos();
|
|---|
| 3804 | }
|
|---|
| 3805 | break;
|
|---|
| 3806 | #ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
|
|---|
| 3807 | case QEvent::Wheel:
|
|---|
| 3808 | {
|
|---|
| 3809 | QWidget* w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
|---|
| 3810 | QWheelEvent* wheel = static_cast<QWheelEvent*>(e);
|
|---|
| 3811 | QPoint relpos = wheel->pos();
|
|---|
| 3812 | bool eventAccepted = wheel->isAccepted();
|
|---|
| 3813 |
|
|---|
| 3814 | if (e->spontaneous()) {
|
|---|
| 3815 | QWidget *fw = w;
|
|---|
| 3816 | while (fw) {
|
|---|
| 3817 | if (fw->isEnabled()
|
|---|
| 3818 | && QApplicationPrivate::shouldSetFocus(fw, Qt::WheelFocus)) {
|
|---|
| 3819 | fw->setFocus(Qt::MouseFocusReason);
|
|---|
| 3820 | break;
|
|---|
| 3821 | }
|
|---|
| 3822 | if (fw->isWindow())
|
|---|
| 3823 | break;
|
|---|
| 3824 | fw = fw->parentWidget();
|
|---|
| 3825 | }
|
|---|
| 3826 | }
|
|---|
| 3827 |
|
|---|
| 3828 | while (w) {
|
|---|
| 3829 | QWheelEvent we(relpos, wheel->globalPos(), wheel->delta(), wheel->buttons(),
|
|---|
| 3830 | wheel->modifiers(), wheel->orientation());
|
|---|
| 3831 | we.spont = wheel->spontaneous();
|
|---|
| 3832 | res = d->notify_helper(w, w == receiver ? wheel : &we);
|
|---|
| 3833 | eventAccepted = ((w == receiver) ? wheel : &we)->isAccepted();
|
|---|
| 3834 | e->spont = false;
|
|---|
| 3835 | if ((res && eventAccepted)
|
|---|
| 3836 | || w->isWindow() || w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoMousePropagation))
|
|---|
| 3837 | break;
|
|---|
| 3838 |
|
|---|
| 3839 | relpos += w->pos();
|
|---|
| 3840 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
|---|
| 3841 | }
|
|---|
| 3842 | wheel->setAccepted(eventAccepted);
|
|---|
| 3843 | }
|
|---|
| 3844 | break;
|
|---|
| 3845 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3846 | #ifndef QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU
|
|---|
| 3847 | case QEvent::ContextMenu:
|
|---|
| 3848 | {
|
|---|
| 3849 | QWidget* w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
|---|
| 3850 | QContextMenuEvent *context = static_cast<QContextMenuEvent*>(e);
|
|---|
| 3851 | QPoint relpos = context->pos();
|
|---|
| 3852 | bool eventAccepted = context->isAccepted();
|
|---|
| 3853 | while (w) {
|
|---|
| 3854 | QContextMenuEvent ce(context->reason(), relpos, context->globalPos(), context->modifiers());
|
|---|
| 3855 | ce.spont = e->spontaneous();
|
|---|
| 3856 | res = d->notify_helper(w, w == receiver ? context : &ce);
|
|---|
| 3857 | eventAccepted = ((w == receiver) ? context : &ce)->isAccepted();
|
|---|
| 3858 | e->spont = false;
|
|---|
| 3859 |
|
|---|
| 3860 | if ((res && eventAccepted)
|
|---|
| 3861 | || w->isWindow() || w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoMousePropagation))
|
|---|
| 3862 | break;
|
|---|
| 3863 |
|
|---|
| 3864 | relpos += w->pos();
|
|---|
| 3865 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
|---|
| 3866 | }
|
|---|
| 3867 | context->setAccepted(eventAccepted);
|
|---|
| 3868 | }
|
|---|
| 3869 | break;
|
|---|
| 3870 | #endif // QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU
|
|---|
| 3871 | #ifndef QT_NO_TABLETEVENT
|
|---|
| 3872 | case QEvent::TabletMove:
|
|---|
| 3873 | case QEvent::TabletPress:
|
|---|
| 3874 | case QEvent::TabletRelease:
|
|---|
| 3875 | {
|
|---|
| 3876 | QWidget *w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
|---|
| 3877 | QTabletEvent *tablet = static_cast<QTabletEvent*>(e);
|
|---|
| 3878 | QPoint relpos = tablet->pos();
|
|---|
| 3879 | bool eventAccepted = tablet->isAccepted();
|
|---|
| 3880 | while (w) {
|
|---|
| 3881 | QTabletEvent te(tablet->type(), relpos, tablet->globalPos(),
|
|---|
| 3882 | tablet->hiResGlobalPos(), tablet->device(), tablet->pointerType(),
|
|---|
| 3883 | tablet->pressure(), tablet->xTilt(), tablet->yTilt(),
|
|---|
| 3884 | tablet->tangentialPressure(), tablet->rotation(), tablet->z(),
|
|---|
| 3885 | tablet->modifiers(), tablet->uniqueId());
|
|---|
| 3886 | te.spont = e->spontaneous();
|
|---|
| 3887 | res = d->notify_helper(w, w == receiver ? tablet : &te);
|
|---|
| 3888 | eventAccepted = ((w == receiver) ? tablet : &te)->isAccepted();
|
|---|
| 3889 | e->spont = false;
|
|---|
| 3890 | if ((res && eventAccepted)
|
|---|
| 3891 | || w->isWindow()
|
|---|
| 3892 | || w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoMousePropagation))
|
|---|
| 3893 | break;
|
|---|
| 3894 |
|
|---|
| 3895 | relpos += w->pos();
|
|---|
| 3896 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
|---|
| 3897 | }
|
|---|
| 3898 | tablet->setAccepted(eventAccepted);
|
|---|
| 3899 | qt_tabletChokeMouse = tablet->isAccepted();
|
|---|
| 3900 | }
|
|---|
| 3901 | break;
|
|---|
| 3902 | #endif // QT_NO_TABLETEVENT
|
|---|
| 3903 |
|
|---|
| 3904 | #if !defined(QT_NO_TOOLTIP) || !defined(QT_NO_WHATSTHIS)
|
|---|
| 3905 | case QEvent::ToolTip:
|
|---|
| 3906 | case QEvent::WhatsThis:
|
|---|
| 3907 | case QEvent::QueryWhatsThis:
|
|---|
| 3908 | {
|
|---|
| 3909 | QWidget* w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
|---|
| 3910 | QHelpEvent *help = static_cast<QHelpEvent*>(e);
|
|---|
| 3911 | QPoint relpos = help->pos();
|
|---|
| 3912 | bool eventAccepted = help->isAccepted();
|
|---|
| 3913 | while (w) {
|
|---|
| 3914 | QHelpEvent he(help->type(), relpos, help->globalPos());
|
|---|
| 3915 | he.spont = e->spontaneous();
|
|---|
| 3916 | res = d->notify_helper(w, w == receiver ? help : &he);
|
|---|
| 3917 | e->spont = false;
|
|---|
| 3918 | eventAccepted = (w == receiver ? help : &he)->isAccepted();
|
|---|
| 3919 | if ((res && eventAccepted) || w->isWindow())
|
|---|
| 3920 | break;
|
|---|
| 3921 |
|
|---|
| 3922 | relpos += w->pos();
|
|---|
| 3923 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
|---|
| 3924 | }
|
|---|
| 3925 | help->setAccepted(eventAccepted);
|
|---|
| 3926 | }
|
|---|
| 3927 | break;
|
|---|
| 3928 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3929 | #if !defined(QT_NO_STATUSTIP) || !defined(QT_NO_WHATSTHIS)
|
|---|
| 3930 | case QEvent::StatusTip:
|
|---|
| 3931 | case QEvent::WhatsThisClicked:
|
|---|
| 3932 | {
|
|---|
| 3933 | QWidget *w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
|---|
| 3934 | while (w) {
|
|---|
| 3935 | res = d->notify_helper(w, e);
|
|---|
| 3936 | if ((res && e->isAccepted()) || w->isWindow())
|
|---|
| 3937 | break;
|
|---|
| 3938 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
|---|
| 3939 | }
|
|---|
| 3940 | }
|
|---|
| 3941 | break;
|
|---|
| 3942 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3943 |
|
|---|
| 3944 | #ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
|---|
| 3945 | case QEvent::DragEnter: {
|
|---|
| 3946 | QWidget* w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
|---|
| 3947 | QDragEnterEvent *dragEvent = static_cast<QDragEnterEvent *>(e);
|
|---|
| 3948 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
|
|---|
| 3949 | // HIView has a slight difference in how it delivers events to children and parents
|
|---|
| 3950 | // It will not give a leave to a child's parent when it enters a child.
|
|---|
| 3951 | QWidget *currentTarget = QDragManager::self()->currentTarget();
|
|---|
| 3952 | if (currentTarget) {
|
|---|
| 3953 | // Assume currentTarget did not get a leave
|
|---|
| 3954 | QDragLeaveEvent event;
|
|---|
| 3955 | QApplication::sendEvent(currentTarget, &event);
|
|---|
| 3956 | }
|
|---|
| 3957 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3958 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
|---|
| 3959 | // QGraphicsProxyWidget handles its own propagation,
|
|---|
| 3960 | // and we must not change QDragManagers currentTarget.
|
|---|
| 3961 | QWExtra *extra = w->window()->d_func()->extra;
|
|---|
| 3962 | if (extra && extra->proxyWidget) {
|
|---|
| 3963 | res = d->notify_helper(w, dragEvent);
|
|---|
| 3964 | break;
|
|---|
| 3965 | }
|
|---|
| 3966 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3967 | while (w) {
|
|---|
| 3968 | if (w->isEnabled() && w->acceptDrops()) {
|
|---|
| 3969 | res = d->notify_helper(w, dragEvent);
|
|---|
| 3970 | if (res && dragEvent->isAccepted()) {
|
|---|
| 3971 | QDragManager::self()->setCurrentTarget(w);
|
|---|
| 3972 | break;
|
|---|
| 3973 | }
|
|---|
| 3974 | }
|
|---|
| 3975 | if (w->isWindow())
|
|---|
| 3976 | break;
|
|---|
| 3977 | dragEvent->p = w->mapToParent(dragEvent->p);
|
|---|
| 3978 | w = w->parentWidget();
|
|---|
| 3979 | }
|
|---|
| 3980 | }
|
|---|
| 3981 | break;
|
|---|
| 3982 | case QEvent::DragMove:
|
|---|
| 3983 | case QEvent::Drop:
|
|---|
| 3984 | case QEvent::DragLeave: {
|
|---|
| 3985 | QWidget* w = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
|---|
| 3986 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
|---|
| 3987 | // QGraphicsProxyWidget handles its own propagation,
|
|---|
| 3988 | // and we must not change QDragManagers currentTarget.
|
|---|
| 3989 | QWExtra *extra = w->window()->d_func()->extra;
|
|---|
| 3990 | bool isProxyWidget = extra && extra->proxyWidget;
|
|---|
| 3991 | if (!isProxyWidget)
|
|---|
| 3992 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3993 | w = QDragManager::self()->currentTarget();
|
|---|
| 3994 |
|
|---|
| 3995 | if (!w) {
|
|---|
| 3996 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
|
|---|
| 3997 | // HIView has a slight difference in how it delivers events to children and parents
|
|---|
| 3998 | // It will not give an enter to a child's parent when it leaves the child.
|
|---|
| 3999 | if (e->type() == QEvent::DragLeave)
|
|---|
| 4000 | break;
|
|---|
| 4001 | // Assume that w did not get an enter.
|
|---|
| 4002 | QDropEvent *dropEvent = static_cast<QDropEvent *>(e);
|
|---|
| 4003 | QDragEnterEvent dragEnterEvent(dropEvent->pos(), dropEvent->possibleActions(),
|
|---|
| 4004 | dropEvent->mimeData(), dropEvent->mouseButtons(),
|
|---|
| 4005 | dropEvent->keyboardModifiers());
|
|---|
| 4006 | QApplication::sendEvent(receiver, &dragEnterEvent);
|
|---|
| 4007 | w = QDragManager::self()->currentTarget();
|
|---|
| 4008 | if (!w)
|
|---|
| 4009 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4010 | break;
|
|---|
| 4011 | }
|
|---|
| 4012 | if (e->type() == QEvent::DragMove || e->type() == QEvent::Drop) {
|
|---|
| 4013 | QDropEvent *dragEvent = static_cast<QDropEvent *>(e);
|
|---|
| 4014 | QWidget *origReciver = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
|---|
| 4015 | while (origReciver && w != origReciver) {
|
|---|
| 4016 | dragEvent->p = origReciver->mapToParent(dragEvent->p);
|
|---|
| 4017 | origReciver = origReciver->parentWidget();
|
|---|
| 4018 | }
|
|---|
| 4019 | }
|
|---|
| 4020 | res = d->notify_helper(w, e);
|
|---|
| 4021 | if (e->type() != QEvent::DragMove
|
|---|
| 4022 | #ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW
|
|---|
| 4023 | && !isProxyWidget
|
|---|
| 4024 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4025 | )
|
|---|
| 4026 | QDragManager::self()->setCurrentTarget(0, e->type() == QEvent::Drop);
|
|---|
| 4027 | }
|
|---|
| 4028 | break;
|
|---|
| 4029 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4030 |
|
|---|
| 4031 | default:
|
|---|
| 4032 | res = d->notify_helper(receiver, e);
|
|---|
| 4033 | break;
|
|---|
| 4034 | }
|
|---|
| 4035 |
|
|---|
| 4036 | return res;
|
|---|
| 4037 | }
|
|---|
| 4038 |
|
|---|
| 4039 | bool QApplicationPrivate::notify_helper(QObject *receiver, QEvent * e)
|
|---|
| 4040 | {
|
|---|
| 4041 | // send to all application event filters
|
|---|
| 4042 | if (sendThroughApplicationEventFilters(receiver, e))
|
|---|
| 4043 | return true;
|
|---|
| 4044 |
|
|---|
| 4045 | if (receiver->isWidgetType()) {
|
|---|
| 4046 | QWidget *widget = static_cast<QWidget *>(receiver);
|
|---|
| 4047 |
|
|---|
| 4048 | #if !defined(Q_OS_WINCE) || (defined(GWES_ICONCURS) && !defined(QT_NO_CURSOR))
|
|---|
| 4049 | // toggle HasMouse widget state on enter and leave
|
|---|
| 4050 | if ((e->type() == QEvent::Enter || e->type() == QEvent::DragEnter) &&
|
|---|
| 4051 | (!qApp->activePopupWidget() || qApp->activePopupWidget() == widget->window()))
|
|---|
| 4052 | widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_UnderMouse, true);
|
|---|
| 4053 | else if (e->type() == QEvent::Leave || e->type() == QEvent::DragLeave)
|
|---|
| 4054 | widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_UnderMouse, false);
|
|---|
| 4055 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4056 |
|
|---|
| 4057 | if (QLayout *layout=widget->d_func()->layout) {
|
|---|
| 4058 | layout->widgetEvent(e);
|
|---|
| 4059 | }
|
|---|
| 4060 | }
|
|---|
| 4061 |
|
|---|
| 4062 | // send to all receiver event filters
|
|---|
| 4063 | if (sendThroughObjectEventFilters(receiver, e))
|
|---|
| 4064 | return true;
|
|---|
| 4065 |
|
|---|
| 4066 | // deliver the event
|
|---|
| 4067 | bool consumed = receiver->event(e);
|
|---|
| 4068 | e->spont = false;
|
|---|
| 4069 | return consumed;
|
|---|
| 4070 | }
|
|---|
| 4071 |
|
|---|
| 4072 |
|
|---|
| 4073 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4074 | \class QSessionManager
|
|---|
| 4075 | \brief The QSessionManager class provides access to the session manager.
|
|---|
| 4076 |
|
|---|
| 4077 | \ingroup application
|
|---|
| 4078 | \ingroup environment
|
|---|
| 4079 |
|
|---|
| 4080 | A session manager in a desktop environment (in which Qt GUI applications
|
|---|
| 4081 | live) keeps track of a session, which is a group of running applications,
|
|---|
| 4082 | each of which has a particular state. The state of an application contains
|
|---|
| 4083 | (most notably) the documents the application has open and the position and
|
|---|
| 4084 | size of its windows.
|
|---|
| 4085 |
|
|---|
| 4086 | The session manager is used to save the session, e.g., when the machine is
|
|---|
| 4087 | shut down, and to restore a session, e.g., when the machine is started up.
|
|---|
| 4088 | We recommend that you use QSettings to save an application's settings,
|
|---|
| 4089 | for example, window positions, recently used files, etc. When the
|
|---|
| 4090 | application is restarted by the session manager, you can restore the
|
|---|
| 4091 | settings.
|
|---|
| 4092 |
|
|---|
| 4093 | QSessionManager provides an interface between the application and the
|
|---|
| 4094 | session manager so that the program can work well with the session manager.
|
|---|
| 4095 | In Qt, session management requests for action are handled by the two
|
|---|
| 4096 | virtual functions QApplication::commitData() and QApplication::saveState().
|
|---|
| 4097 | Both provide a reference to a session manager object as argument, to allow
|
|---|
| 4098 | the application to communicate with the session manager. The session
|
|---|
| 4099 | manager can only be accessed through these functions.
|
|---|
| 4100 |
|
|---|
| 4101 | No user interaction is possible \e unless the application gets explicit
|
|---|
| 4102 | permission from the session manager. You ask for permission by calling
|
|---|
| 4103 | allowsInteraction() or, if it is really urgent, allowsErrorInteraction().
|
|---|
| 4104 | Qt does not enforce this, but the session manager may.
|
|---|
| 4105 |
|
|---|
| 4106 | You can try to abort the shutdown process by calling cancel(). The default
|
|---|
| 4107 | commitData() function does this if some top-level window rejected its
|
|---|
| 4108 | closeEvent().
|
|---|
| 4109 |
|
|---|
| 4110 | For sophisticated session managers provided on Unix/X11, QSessionManager
|
|---|
| 4111 | offers further possibilities to fine-tune an application's session
|
|---|
| 4112 | management behavior: setRestartCommand(), setDiscardCommand(),
|
|---|
| 4113 | setRestartHint(), setProperty(), requestPhase2(). See the respective
|
|---|
| 4114 | function descriptions for further details.
|
|---|
| 4115 |
|
|---|
| 4116 | \sa QApplication, {Session Management}
|
|---|
| 4117 | */
|
|---|
| 4118 |
|
|---|
| 4119 | /*! \enum QSessionManager::RestartHint
|
|---|
| 4120 |
|
|---|
| 4121 | This enum type defines the circumstances under which this application wants
|
|---|
| 4122 | to be restarted by the session manager. The current values are:
|
|---|
| 4123 |
|
|---|
| 4124 | \value RestartIfRunning If the application is still running when the
|
|---|
| 4125 | session is shut down, it wants to be restarted
|
|---|
| 4126 | at the start of the next session.
|
|---|
| 4127 |
|
|---|
| 4128 | \value RestartAnyway The application wants to be started at the
|
|---|
| 4129 | start of the next session, no matter what.
|
|---|
| 4130 | (This is useful for utilities that run just
|
|---|
| 4131 | after startup and then quit.)
|
|---|
| 4132 |
|
|---|
| 4133 | \value RestartImmediately The application wants to be started immediately
|
|---|
| 4134 | whenever it is not running.
|
|---|
| 4135 |
|
|---|
| 4136 | \value RestartNever The application does not want to be restarted
|
|---|
| 4137 | automatically.
|
|---|
| 4138 |
|
|---|
| 4139 | The default hint is \c RestartIfRunning.
|
|---|
| 4140 | */
|
|---|
| 4141 |
|
|---|
| 4142 |
|
|---|
| 4143 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4144 | \fn QString QSessionManager::sessionId() const
|
|---|
| 4145 |
|
|---|
| 4146 | Returns the identifier of the current session.
|
|---|
| 4147 |
|
|---|
| 4148 | If the application has been restored from an earlier session, this
|
|---|
| 4149 | identifier is the same as it was in the earlier session.
|
|---|
| 4150 |
|
|---|
| 4151 | \sa sessionKey(), QApplication::sessionId()
|
|---|
| 4152 | */
|
|---|
| 4153 |
|
|---|
| 4154 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4155 | \fn QString QSessionManager::sessionKey() const
|
|---|
| 4156 |
|
|---|
| 4157 | Returns the session key in the current session.
|
|---|
| 4158 |
|
|---|
| 4159 | If the application has been restored from an earlier session, this key is
|
|---|
| 4160 | the same as it was when the previous session ended.
|
|---|
| 4161 |
|
|---|
| 4162 | The session key changes with every call of commitData() or saveState().
|
|---|
| 4163 |
|
|---|
| 4164 | \sa sessionId(), QApplication::sessionKey()
|
|---|
| 4165 | */
|
|---|
| 4166 |
|
|---|
| 4167 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4168 | \fn void* QSessionManager::handle() const
|
|---|
| 4169 |
|
|---|
| 4170 | \internal
|
|---|
| 4171 | */
|
|---|
| 4172 |
|
|---|
| 4173 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4174 | \fn bool QSessionManager::allowsInteraction()
|
|---|
| 4175 |
|
|---|
| 4176 | Asks the session manager for permission to interact with the user. Returns
|
|---|
| 4177 | true if interaction is permitted; otherwise returns false.
|
|---|
| 4178 |
|
|---|
| 4179 | The rationale behind this mechanism is to make it possible to synchronize
|
|---|
| 4180 | user interaction during a shutdown. Advanced session managers may ask all
|
|---|
| 4181 | applications simultaneously to commit their data, resulting in a much
|
|---|
| 4182 | faster shutdown.
|
|---|
| 4183 |
|
|---|
| 4184 | When the interaction is completed we strongly recommend releasing the user
|
|---|
| 4185 | interaction semaphore with a call to release(). This way, other
|
|---|
| 4186 | applications may get the chance to interact with the user while your
|
|---|
| 4187 | application is still busy saving data. (The semaphore is implicitly
|
|---|
| 4188 | released when the application exits.)
|
|---|
| 4189 |
|
|---|
| 4190 | If the user decides to cancel the shutdown process during the interaction
|
|---|
| 4191 | phase, you must tell the session manager that this has happened by calling
|
|---|
| 4192 | cancel().
|
|---|
| 4193 |
|
|---|
| 4194 | Here's an example of how an application's QApplication::commitData() might
|
|---|
| 4195 | be implemented:
|
|---|
| 4196 |
|
|---|
| 4197 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 8
|
|---|
| 4198 |
|
|---|
| 4199 | If an error occurred within the application while saving its data, you may
|
|---|
| 4200 | want to try allowsErrorInteraction() instead.
|
|---|
| 4201 |
|
|---|
| 4202 | \sa QApplication::commitData(), release(), cancel()
|
|---|
| 4203 | */
|
|---|
| 4204 |
|
|---|
| 4205 |
|
|---|
| 4206 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4207 | \fn bool QSessionManager::allowsErrorInteraction()
|
|---|
| 4208 |
|
|---|
| 4209 | Returns true if error interaction is permitted; otherwise returns false.
|
|---|
| 4210 |
|
|---|
| 4211 | This is similar to allowsInteraction(), but also enables the application to
|
|---|
| 4212 | tell the user about any errors that occur. Session managers may give error
|
|---|
| 4213 | interaction requests higher priority, which means that it is more likely
|
|---|
| 4214 | that an error interaction is permitted. However, you are still not
|
|---|
| 4215 | guaranteed that the session manager will allow interaction.
|
|---|
| 4216 |
|
|---|
| 4217 | \sa allowsInteraction(), release(), cancel()
|
|---|
| 4218 | */
|
|---|
| 4219 |
|
|---|
| 4220 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4221 | \fn void QSessionManager::release()
|
|---|
| 4222 |
|
|---|
| 4223 | Releases the session manager's interaction semaphore after an interaction
|
|---|
| 4224 | phase.
|
|---|
| 4225 |
|
|---|
| 4226 | \sa allowsInteraction(), allowsErrorInteraction()
|
|---|
| 4227 | */
|
|---|
| 4228 |
|
|---|
| 4229 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4230 | \fn void QSessionManager::cancel()
|
|---|
| 4231 |
|
|---|
| 4232 | Tells the session manager to cancel the shutdown process. Applications
|
|---|
| 4233 | should not call this function without asking the user first.
|
|---|
| 4234 |
|
|---|
| 4235 | \sa allowsInteraction(), allowsErrorInteraction()
|
|---|
| 4236 | */
|
|---|
| 4237 |
|
|---|
| 4238 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4239 | \fn void QSessionManager::setRestartHint(RestartHint hint)
|
|---|
| 4240 |
|
|---|
| 4241 | Sets the application's restart hint to \a hint. On application startup, the
|
|---|
| 4242 | hint is set to \c RestartIfRunning.
|
|---|
| 4243 |
|
|---|
| 4244 | \note These flags are only hints, a session manager may or may not respect
|
|---|
| 4245 | them.
|
|---|
| 4246 |
|
|---|
| 4247 | We recommend setting the restart hint in QApplication::saveState() because
|
|---|
| 4248 | most session managers perform a checkpoint shortly after an application's
|
|---|
| 4249 | startup.
|
|---|
| 4250 |
|
|---|
| 4251 | \sa restartHint()
|
|---|
| 4252 | */
|
|---|
| 4253 |
|
|---|
| 4254 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4255 | \fn QSessionManager::RestartHint QSessionManager::restartHint() const
|
|---|
| 4256 |
|
|---|
| 4257 | Returns the application's current restart hint. The default is
|
|---|
| 4258 | \c RestartIfRunning.
|
|---|
| 4259 |
|
|---|
| 4260 | \sa setRestartHint()
|
|---|
| 4261 | */
|
|---|
| 4262 |
|
|---|
| 4263 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4264 | \fn void QSessionManager::setRestartCommand(const QStringList& command)
|
|---|
| 4265 |
|
|---|
| 4266 | If the session manager is capable of restoring sessions it will execute
|
|---|
| 4267 | \a command in order to restore the application. The command defaults to
|
|---|
| 4268 |
|
|---|
| 4269 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 9
|
|---|
| 4270 |
|
|---|
| 4271 | The \c -session option is mandatory; otherwise QApplication cannot tell
|
|---|
| 4272 | whether it has been restored or what the current session identifier is.
|
|---|
| 4273 | See QApplication::isSessionRestored() and QApplication::sessionId() for
|
|---|
| 4274 | details.
|
|---|
| 4275 |
|
|---|
| 4276 | If your application is very simple, it may be possible to store the entire
|
|---|
| 4277 | application state in additional command line options. This is usually a
|
|---|
| 4278 | very bad idea because command lines are often limited to a few hundred
|
|---|
| 4279 | bytes. Instead, use QSettings, temporary files, or a database for this
|
|---|
| 4280 | purpose. By marking the data with the unique sessionId(), you will be able
|
|---|
| 4281 | to restore the application in a future session.
|
|---|
| 4282 |
|
|---|
| 4283 | \sa restartCommand(), setDiscardCommand(), setRestartHint()
|
|---|
| 4284 | */
|
|---|
| 4285 |
|
|---|
| 4286 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4287 | \fn QStringList QSessionManager::restartCommand() const
|
|---|
| 4288 |
|
|---|
| 4289 | Returns the currently set restart command.
|
|---|
| 4290 |
|
|---|
| 4291 | To iterate over the list, you can use the \l foreach pseudo-keyword:
|
|---|
| 4292 |
|
|---|
| 4293 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 10
|
|---|
| 4294 |
|
|---|
| 4295 | \sa setRestartCommand(), restartHint()
|
|---|
| 4296 | */
|
|---|
| 4297 |
|
|---|
| 4298 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4299 | \fn void QSessionManager::setDiscardCommand(const QStringList& list)
|
|---|
| 4300 |
|
|---|
| 4301 | Sets the discard command to the given \a list.
|
|---|
| 4302 |
|
|---|
| 4303 | \sa discardCommand(), setRestartCommand()
|
|---|
| 4304 | */
|
|---|
| 4305 |
|
|---|
| 4306 |
|
|---|
| 4307 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4308 | \fn QStringList QSessionManager::discardCommand() const
|
|---|
| 4309 |
|
|---|
| 4310 | Returns the currently set discard command.
|
|---|
| 4311 |
|
|---|
| 4312 | To iterate over the list, you can use the \l foreach pseudo-keyword:
|
|---|
| 4313 |
|
|---|
| 4314 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 11
|
|---|
| 4315 |
|
|---|
| 4316 | \sa setDiscardCommand(), restartCommand(), setRestartCommand()
|
|---|
| 4317 | */
|
|---|
| 4318 |
|
|---|
| 4319 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4320 | \fn void QSessionManager::setManagerProperty(const QString &name, const QString &value)
|
|---|
| 4321 | \overload
|
|---|
| 4322 |
|
|---|
| 4323 | Low-level write access to the application's identification and state
|
|---|
| 4324 | records are kept in the session manager.
|
|---|
| 4325 |
|
|---|
| 4326 | The property called \a name has its value set to the string \a value.
|
|---|
| 4327 | */
|
|---|
| 4328 |
|
|---|
| 4329 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4330 | \fn void QSessionManager::setManagerProperty(const QString& name,
|
|---|
| 4331 | const QStringList& value)
|
|---|
| 4332 |
|
|---|
| 4333 | Low-level write access to the application's identification and state record
|
|---|
| 4334 | are kept in the session manager.
|
|---|
| 4335 |
|
|---|
| 4336 | The property called \a name has its value set to the string list \a value.
|
|---|
| 4337 | */
|
|---|
| 4338 |
|
|---|
| 4339 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4340 | \fn bool QSessionManager::isPhase2() const
|
|---|
| 4341 |
|
|---|
| 4342 | Returns true if the session manager is currently performing a second
|
|---|
| 4343 | session management phase; otherwise returns false.
|
|---|
| 4344 |
|
|---|
| 4345 | \sa requestPhase2()
|
|---|
| 4346 | */
|
|---|
| 4347 |
|
|---|
| 4348 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4349 | \fn void QSessionManager::requestPhase2()
|
|---|
| 4350 |
|
|---|
| 4351 | Requests a second session management phase for the application. The
|
|---|
| 4352 | application may then return immediately from the QApplication::commitData()
|
|---|
| 4353 | or QApplication::saveState() function, and they will be called again once
|
|---|
| 4354 | most or all other applications have finished their session management.
|
|---|
| 4355 |
|
|---|
| 4356 | The two phases are useful for applications such as the X11 window manager
|
|---|
| 4357 | that need to store information about another application's windows and
|
|---|
| 4358 | therefore have to wait until these applications have completed their
|
|---|
| 4359 | respective session management tasks.
|
|---|
| 4360 |
|
|---|
| 4361 | \note If another application has requested a second phase it may get called
|
|---|
| 4362 | before, simultaneously with, or after your application's second phase.
|
|---|
| 4363 |
|
|---|
| 4364 | \sa isPhase2()
|
|---|
| 4365 | */
|
|---|
| 4366 |
|
|---|
| 4367 | /*****************************************************************************
|
|---|
| 4368 | Stubbed session management support
|
|---|
| 4369 | *****************************************************************************/
|
|---|
| 4370 | #ifndef QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
|
|---|
| 4371 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_MAC) || defined(Q_WS_QWS)
|
|---|
| 4372 |
|
|---|
| 4373 | #if defined(Q_OS_WINCE)
|
|---|
| 4374 | HRESULT qt_CoCreateGuid(GUID* guid)
|
|---|
| 4375 | {
|
|---|
| 4376 | // We will use the following information to create the GUID
|
|---|
| 4377 | // 1. absolute path to application
|
|---|
| 4378 | wchar_t tempFilename[512];
|
|---|
| 4379 | if (!GetModuleFileNameW(0, tempFilename, 512))
|
|---|
| 4380 | return S_FALSE;
|
|---|
| 4381 | unsigned int hash = qHash(QString::fromUtf16((const unsigned short *) tempFilename));
|
|---|
| 4382 | guid->Data1 = hash;
|
|---|
| 4383 | // 2. creation time of file
|
|---|
| 4384 | QFileInfo info(QString::fromUtf16((const unsigned short *) tempFilename));
|
|---|
| 4385 | guid->Data2 = qHash(info.created().toTime_t());
|
|---|
| 4386 | // 3. current system time
|
|---|
| 4387 | guid->Data3 = qHash(QDateTime::currentDateTime().toTime_t());
|
|---|
| 4388 | return S_OK;
|
|---|
| 4389 | }
|
|---|
| 4390 | #if !defined(OLE32_MCOMGUID) || defined(QT_WINCE_FORCE_CREATE_GUID)
|
|---|
| 4391 | #define CoCreateGuid qt_CoCreateGuid
|
|---|
| 4392 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4393 |
|
|---|
| 4394 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4395 |
|
|---|
| 4396 | class QSessionManagerPrivate : public QObjectPrivate
|
|---|
| 4397 | {
|
|---|
| 4398 | public:
|
|---|
| 4399 | QStringList restartCommand;
|
|---|
| 4400 | QStringList discardCommand;
|
|---|
| 4401 | QString sessionId;
|
|---|
| 4402 | QString sessionKey;
|
|---|
| 4403 | QSessionManager::RestartHint restartHint;
|
|---|
| 4404 | };
|
|---|
| 4405 |
|
|---|
| 4406 | QSessionManager* qt_session_manager_self = 0;
|
|---|
| 4407 | QSessionManager::QSessionManager(QApplication * app, QString &id, QString &key)
|
|---|
| 4408 | : QObject(*new QSessionManagerPrivate, app)
|
|---|
| 4409 | {
|
|---|
| 4410 | Q_D(QSessionManager);
|
|---|
| 4411 | setObjectName(QLatin1String("qt_sessionmanager"));
|
|---|
| 4412 | qt_session_manager_self = this;
|
|---|
| 4413 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
|---|
| 4414 | wchar_t guidstr[40];
|
|---|
| 4415 | GUID guid;
|
|---|
| 4416 | CoCreateGuid(&guid);
|
|---|
| 4417 | StringFromGUID2(guid, guidstr, 40);
|
|---|
| 4418 | id = QString::fromUtf16((ushort*)guidstr);
|
|---|
| 4419 | CoCreateGuid(&guid);
|
|---|
| 4420 | StringFromGUID2(guid, guidstr, 40);
|
|---|
| 4421 | key = QString::fromUtf16((ushort*)guidstr);
|
|---|
| 4422 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4423 | d->sessionId = id;
|
|---|
| 4424 | d->sessionKey = key;
|
|---|
| 4425 | d->restartHint = RestartIfRunning;
|
|---|
| 4426 | }
|
|---|
| 4427 |
|
|---|
| 4428 | QSessionManager::~QSessionManager()
|
|---|
| 4429 | {
|
|---|
| 4430 | qt_session_manager_self = 0;
|
|---|
| 4431 | }
|
|---|
| 4432 |
|
|---|
| 4433 | QString QSessionManager::sessionId() const
|
|---|
| 4434 | {
|
|---|
| 4435 | Q_D(const QSessionManager);
|
|---|
| 4436 | return d->sessionId;
|
|---|
| 4437 | }
|
|---|
| 4438 |
|
|---|
| 4439 | QString QSessionManager::sessionKey() const
|
|---|
| 4440 | {
|
|---|
| 4441 | Q_D(const QSessionManager);
|
|---|
| 4442 | return d->sessionKey;
|
|---|
| 4443 | }
|
|---|
| 4444 |
|
|---|
| 4445 |
|
|---|
| 4446 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_MAC)
|
|---|
| 4447 | void* QSessionManager::handle() const
|
|---|
| 4448 | {
|
|---|
| 4449 | return 0;
|
|---|
| 4450 | }
|
|---|
| 4451 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4452 |
|
|---|
| 4453 | #if !defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
|---|
| 4454 | bool QSessionManager::allowsInteraction()
|
|---|
| 4455 | {
|
|---|
| 4456 | return true;
|
|---|
| 4457 | }
|
|---|
| 4458 |
|
|---|
| 4459 | bool QSessionManager::allowsErrorInteraction()
|
|---|
| 4460 | {
|
|---|
| 4461 | return true;
|
|---|
| 4462 | }
|
|---|
| 4463 | void QSessionManager::release()
|
|---|
| 4464 | {
|
|---|
| 4465 | }
|
|---|
| 4466 |
|
|---|
| 4467 | void QSessionManager::cancel()
|
|---|
| 4468 | {
|
|---|
| 4469 | }
|
|---|
| 4470 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4471 |
|
|---|
| 4472 |
|
|---|
| 4473 | void QSessionManager::setRestartHint(QSessionManager::RestartHint hint)
|
|---|
| 4474 | {
|
|---|
| 4475 | Q_D(QSessionManager);
|
|---|
| 4476 | d->restartHint = hint;
|
|---|
| 4477 | }
|
|---|
| 4478 |
|
|---|
| 4479 | QSessionManager::RestartHint QSessionManager::restartHint() const
|
|---|
| 4480 | {
|
|---|
| 4481 | Q_D(const QSessionManager);
|
|---|
| 4482 | return d->restartHint;
|
|---|
| 4483 | }
|
|---|
| 4484 |
|
|---|
| 4485 | void QSessionManager::setRestartCommand(const QStringList& command)
|
|---|
| 4486 | {
|
|---|
| 4487 | Q_D(QSessionManager);
|
|---|
| 4488 | d->restartCommand = command;
|
|---|
| 4489 | }
|
|---|
| 4490 |
|
|---|
| 4491 | QStringList QSessionManager::restartCommand() const
|
|---|
| 4492 | {
|
|---|
| 4493 | Q_D(const QSessionManager);
|
|---|
| 4494 | return d->restartCommand;
|
|---|
| 4495 | }
|
|---|
| 4496 |
|
|---|
| 4497 | void QSessionManager::setDiscardCommand(const QStringList& command)
|
|---|
| 4498 | {
|
|---|
| 4499 | Q_D(QSessionManager);
|
|---|
| 4500 | d->discardCommand = command;
|
|---|
| 4501 | }
|
|---|
| 4502 |
|
|---|
| 4503 | QStringList QSessionManager::discardCommand() const
|
|---|
| 4504 | {
|
|---|
| 4505 | Q_D(const QSessionManager);
|
|---|
| 4506 | return d->discardCommand;
|
|---|
| 4507 | }
|
|---|
| 4508 |
|
|---|
| 4509 | void QSessionManager::setManagerProperty(const QString&, const QString&)
|
|---|
| 4510 | {
|
|---|
| 4511 | }
|
|---|
| 4512 |
|
|---|
| 4513 | void QSessionManager::setManagerProperty(const QString&, const QStringList&)
|
|---|
| 4514 | {
|
|---|
| 4515 | }
|
|---|
| 4516 |
|
|---|
| 4517 | bool QSessionManager::isPhase2() const
|
|---|
| 4518 | {
|
|---|
| 4519 | return false;
|
|---|
| 4520 | }
|
|---|
| 4521 |
|
|---|
| 4522 | void QSessionManager::requestPhase2()
|
|---|
| 4523 | {
|
|---|
| 4524 | }
|
|---|
| 4525 |
|
|---|
| 4526 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4527 | #endif // QT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
|
|---|
| 4528 |
|
|---|
| 4529 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4530 | \typedef QApplication::ColorMode
|
|---|
| 4531 | \compat
|
|---|
| 4532 |
|
|---|
| 4533 | Use ColorSpec instead.
|
|---|
| 4534 | */
|
|---|
| 4535 |
|
|---|
| 4536 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4537 | \fn Qt::MacintoshVersion QApplication::macVersion()
|
|---|
| 4538 |
|
|---|
| 4539 | Use QSysInfo::MacintoshVersion instead.
|
|---|
| 4540 | */
|
|---|
| 4541 |
|
|---|
| 4542 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4543 | \fn QApplication::ColorMode QApplication::colorMode()
|
|---|
| 4544 |
|
|---|
| 4545 | Use colorSpec() instead, and use ColorSpec as the enum type.
|
|---|
| 4546 | */
|
|---|
| 4547 |
|
|---|
| 4548 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4549 | \fn void QApplication::setColorMode(ColorMode mode)
|
|---|
| 4550 |
|
|---|
| 4551 | Use setColorSpec() instead, and pass a ColorSpec value instead.
|
|---|
| 4552 | */
|
|---|
| 4553 |
|
|---|
| 4554 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4555 | \fn bool QApplication::hasGlobalMouseTracking()
|
|---|
| 4556 |
|
|---|
| 4557 | This feature does not exist anymore. This function always returns true
|
|---|
| 4558 | in Qt 4.
|
|---|
| 4559 | */
|
|---|
| 4560 |
|
|---|
| 4561 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4562 | \fn void QApplication::setGlobalMouseTracking(bool dummy)
|
|---|
| 4563 |
|
|---|
| 4564 | This function does nothing in Qt 4. The \a dummy parameter is ignored.
|
|---|
| 4565 | */
|
|---|
| 4566 |
|
|---|
| 4567 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4568 | \fn void QApplication::flushX()
|
|---|
| 4569 |
|
|---|
| 4570 | Use flush() instead.
|
|---|
| 4571 | */
|
|---|
| 4572 |
|
|---|
| 4573 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4574 | \fn void QApplication::setWinStyleHighlightColor(const QColor &c)
|
|---|
| 4575 |
|
|---|
| 4576 | Use the palette instead.
|
|---|
| 4577 |
|
|---|
| 4578 | \oldcode
|
|---|
| 4579 | app.setWinStyleHighlightColor(color);
|
|---|
| 4580 | \newcode
|
|---|
| 4581 | QPalette palette(qApp->palette());
|
|---|
| 4582 | palette.setColor(QPalette::Highlight, color);
|
|---|
| 4583 | qApp->setPalette(palette);
|
|---|
| 4584 | \endcode
|
|---|
| 4585 | */
|
|---|
| 4586 |
|
|---|
| 4587 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4588 | \fn void QApplication::setPalette(const QPalette &pal, bool b, const char* className = 0)
|
|---|
| 4589 |
|
|---|
| 4590 | Use the two-argument overload instead.
|
|---|
| 4591 | */
|
|---|
| 4592 |
|
|---|
| 4593 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4594 | \fn void QApplication::setFont(const QFont &font, bool b, const char* className = 0)
|
|---|
| 4595 |
|
|---|
| 4596 | Use the two-argument overload instead.
|
|---|
| 4597 | */
|
|---|
| 4598 |
|
|---|
| 4599 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4600 | \fn const QColor &QApplication::winStyleHighlightColor()
|
|---|
| 4601 |
|
|---|
| 4602 | Use qApp->palette().color(QPalette::Active, QPalette::Highlight) instead.
|
|---|
| 4603 | */
|
|---|
| 4604 |
|
|---|
| 4605 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4606 | \fn QWidget *QApplication::widgetAt(int x, int y, bool child)
|
|---|
| 4607 |
|
|---|
| 4608 | Use the two-argument widgetAt() overload to get the child widget. To get
|
|---|
| 4609 | the top-level widget do this:
|
|---|
| 4610 |
|
|---|
| 4611 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 12
|
|---|
| 4612 | */
|
|---|
| 4613 |
|
|---|
| 4614 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4615 | \fn QWidget *QApplication::widgetAt(const QPoint &point, bool child)
|
|---|
| 4616 |
|
|---|
| 4617 | Use the single-argument widgetAt() overload to get the child widget. To get
|
|---|
| 4618 | the top-level widget do this:
|
|---|
| 4619 |
|
|---|
| 4620 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication.cpp 13
|
|---|
| 4621 | */
|
|---|
| 4622 |
|
|---|
| 4623 | #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT
|
|---|
| 4624 | QWidget *QApplication::mainWidget()
|
|---|
| 4625 | {
|
|---|
| 4626 | return QApplicationPrivate::main_widget;
|
|---|
| 4627 | }
|
|---|
| 4628 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4629 | bool QApplicationPrivate::inPopupMode() const
|
|---|
| 4630 | {
|
|---|
| 4631 | return QApplicationPrivate::popupWidgets != 0;
|
|---|
| 4632 | }
|
|---|
| 4633 |
|
|---|
| 4634 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4635 | \property QApplication::quitOnLastWindowClosed
|
|---|
| 4636 |
|
|---|
| 4637 | \brief whether the application implicitly quits when the last window is
|
|---|
| 4638 | closed.
|
|---|
| 4639 |
|
|---|
| 4640 | The default is true.
|
|---|
| 4641 |
|
|---|
| 4642 | If this property is true, the applications quits when the last visible
|
|---|
| 4643 | primary window (i.e. window with no parent) with the Qt::WA_QuitOnClose
|
|---|
| 4644 | attribute set is closed. By default this attribute is set for all widgets
|
|---|
| 4645 | except for sub-windows. Refer to \l{Qt::WindowType} for a detailed list of
|
|---|
| 4646 | Qt::Window objects.
|
|---|
| 4647 |
|
|---|
| 4648 | \sa quit(), QWidget::close()
|
|---|
| 4649 | */
|
|---|
| 4650 |
|
|---|
| 4651 | void QApplication::setQuitOnLastWindowClosed(bool quit)
|
|---|
| 4652 | {
|
|---|
| 4653 | QApplicationPrivate::quitOnLastWindowClosed = quit;
|
|---|
| 4654 | }
|
|---|
| 4655 |
|
|---|
| 4656 | bool QApplication::quitOnLastWindowClosed()
|
|---|
| 4657 | {
|
|---|
| 4658 | return QApplicationPrivate::quitOnLastWindowClosed;
|
|---|
| 4659 | }
|
|---|
| 4660 |
|
|---|
| 4661 | void QApplicationPrivate::emitLastWindowClosed()
|
|---|
| 4662 | {
|
|---|
| 4663 | if (qApp && qApp->d_func()->in_exec) {
|
|---|
| 4664 | if (QApplicationPrivate::quitOnLastWindowClosed) {
|
|---|
| 4665 | // get ready to quit, this event might be removed if the
|
|---|
| 4666 | // event loop is re-entered, however
|
|---|
| 4667 | QApplication::postEvent(qApp, new QEvent(QEvent::Quit));
|
|---|
| 4668 | }
|
|---|
| 4669 | emit qApp->lastWindowClosed();
|
|---|
| 4670 | }
|
|---|
| 4671 | }
|
|---|
| 4672 |
|
|---|
| 4673 | /*! \variable QApplication::NormalColors
|
|---|
| 4674 | \compat
|
|---|
| 4675 |
|
|---|
| 4676 | Use \l NormalColor instead.
|
|---|
| 4677 | */
|
|---|
| 4678 |
|
|---|
| 4679 | /*! \variable QApplication::CustomColors
|
|---|
| 4680 | \compat
|
|---|
| 4681 |
|
|---|
| 4682 | Use \l CustomColor instead.
|
|---|
| 4683 | */
|
|---|
| 4684 |
|
|---|
| 4685 | #ifdef QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION
|
|---|
| 4686 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4687 | Sets whether Qt should use focus navigation suitable for use with a
|
|---|
| 4688 | minimal keypad.
|
|---|
| 4689 |
|
|---|
| 4690 | If \a enable is true, Qt::Key_Up and Qt::Key_Down are used to change focus.
|
|---|
| 4691 |
|
|---|
| 4692 | This feature is available in Qt for Embedded Linux only.
|
|---|
| 4693 |
|
|---|
| 4694 | \sa keypadNavigationEnabled()
|
|---|
| 4695 | */
|
|---|
| 4696 | void QApplication::setKeypadNavigationEnabled(bool enable)
|
|---|
| 4697 | {
|
|---|
| 4698 | QApplicationPrivate::keypadNavigation = enable;
|
|---|
| 4699 | }
|
|---|
| 4700 |
|
|---|
| 4701 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4702 | Returns true if Qt is set to use keypad navigation; otherwise returns
|
|---|
| 4703 | false. The default is false.
|
|---|
| 4704 |
|
|---|
| 4705 | This feature is available in Qt for Embedded Linux only.
|
|---|
| 4706 |
|
|---|
| 4707 | \sa setKeypadNavigationEnabled()
|
|---|
| 4708 | */
|
|---|
| 4709 | bool QApplication::keypadNavigationEnabled()
|
|---|
| 4710 | {
|
|---|
| 4711 | return QApplicationPrivate::keypadNavigation;
|
|---|
| 4712 | }
|
|---|
| 4713 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4714 |
|
|---|
| 4715 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4716 | \fn void QApplication::alert(QWidget *widget, int msec)
|
|---|
| 4717 | \since 4.3
|
|---|
| 4718 |
|
|---|
| 4719 | Causes an alert to be shown for \a widget if the window is not the active
|
|---|
| 4720 | window. The alert is shown for \a msec miliseconds. If \a msec is zero (the
|
|---|
| 4721 | default), then the alert is shown indefinitely until the window becomes
|
|---|
| 4722 | active again.
|
|---|
| 4723 |
|
|---|
| 4724 | Currently this function does nothing on Qt for Embedded Linux.
|
|---|
| 4725 |
|
|---|
| 4726 | On Mac OS X, this works more at the application level and will cause the
|
|---|
| 4727 | application icon to bounce in the dock.
|
|---|
| 4728 |
|
|---|
| 4729 | On Windows this causes the window's taskbar entry to flash for a time. If
|
|---|
| 4730 | \a msec is zero, the flashing will stop and the taskbar entry will turn a
|
|---|
| 4731 | different color (currently orange).
|
|---|
| 4732 |
|
|---|
| 4733 | On X11, this will cause the window to be marked as "demands attention", the
|
|---|
| 4734 | window must not be hidden (i.e. not have hide() called on it, but be
|
|---|
| 4735 | visible in some sort of way) in order for this to work.
|
|---|
| 4736 | */
|
|---|
| 4737 |
|
|---|
| 4738 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4739 | \property QApplication::cursorFlashTime
|
|---|
| 4740 | \brief the text cursor's flash (blink) time in milliseconds
|
|---|
| 4741 |
|
|---|
| 4742 | The flash time is the time required to display, invert and restore the
|
|---|
| 4743 | caret display. Usually the text cursor is displayed for half the cursor
|
|---|
| 4744 | flash time, then hidden for the same amount of time, but this may vary.
|
|---|
| 4745 |
|
|---|
| 4746 | The default value on X11 is 1000 milliseconds. On Windows, the control
|
|---|
| 4747 | panel value is used. Widgets should not cache this value since it may be
|
|---|
| 4748 | changed at any time by the user changing the global desktop settings.
|
|---|
| 4749 |
|
|---|
| 4750 | \note On Microsoft Windows, setting this property sets the cursor flash
|
|---|
| 4751 | time for all applications.
|
|---|
| 4752 | */
|
|---|
| 4753 |
|
|---|
| 4754 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4755 | \property QApplication::doubleClickInterval
|
|---|
| 4756 | \brief the time limit in milliseconds that distinguishes a double click from two
|
|---|
| 4757 | consecutive mouse clicks
|
|---|
| 4758 |
|
|---|
| 4759 | The default value on X11 is 400 milliseconds. On Windows and Mac OS X, the
|
|---|
| 4760 | operating system's value is used.
|
|---|
| 4761 |
|
|---|
| 4762 | On Microsoft Windows, calling this function sets the double click interval
|
|---|
| 4763 | for all applications.
|
|---|
| 4764 | */
|
|---|
| 4765 |
|
|---|
| 4766 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4767 | \property QApplication::keyboardInputInterval
|
|---|
| 4768 | \brief the time limit in milliseconds that distinguishes a key press
|
|---|
| 4769 | from two consecutive key presses
|
|---|
| 4770 | \since 4.2
|
|---|
| 4771 |
|
|---|
| 4772 | The default value on X11 is 400 milliseconds. On Windows and Mac OS X, the
|
|---|
| 4773 | operating system's value is used.
|
|---|
| 4774 | */
|
|---|
| 4775 |
|
|---|
| 4776 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4777 | \property QApplication::wheelScrollLines
|
|---|
| 4778 | \brief the number of lines to scroll a widget, when the
|
|---|
| 4779 | mouse wheel is rotated.
|
|---|
| 4780 |
|
|---|
| 4781 | If the value exceeds the widget's number of visible lines, the widget
|
|---|
| 4782 | should interpret the scroll operation as a single \e{page up} or
|
|---|
| 4783 | \e{page down}. If the widget is an \l{QAbstractItemView}{item view class},
|
|---|
| 4784 | then the result of scrolling one \e line depends on the setting of the
|
|---|
| 4785 | widget's \l{QAbstractItemView::verticalScrollMode()}{scroll mode}. Scroll
|
|---|
| 4786 | one \e line can mean \l{QAbstractItemView::ScrollPerItem}{scroll one item}
|
|---|
| 4787 | or \l{QAbstractItemView::ScrollPerPixel}{scroll one pixel}.
|
|---|
| 4788 |
|
|---|
| 4789 | By default, this property has a value of 3.
|
|---|
| 4790 | */
|
|---|
| 4791 |
|
|---|
| 4792 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4793 | \fn void QApplication::setEffectEnabled(Qt::UIEffect effect, bool enable)
|
|---|
| 4794 |
|
|---|
| 4795 | Enables the UI effect \a effect if \a enable is true, otherwise the effect
|
|---|
| 4796 | will not be used.
|
|---|
| 4797 |
|
|---|
| 4798 | \note All effects are disabled on screens running at less than 16-bit color
|
|---|
| 4799 | depth.
|
|---|
| 4800 |
|
|---|
| 4801 | \sa isEffectEnabled(), Qt::UIEffect, setDesktopSettingsAware()
|
|---|
| 4802 | */
|
|---|
| 4803 |
|
|---|
| 4804 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4805 | \fn bool QApplication::isEffectEnabled(Qt::UIEffect effect)
|
|---|
| 4806 |
|
|---|
| 4807 | Returns true if \a effect is enabled; otherwise returns false.
|
|---|
| 4808 |
|
|---|
| 4809 | By default, Qt will try to use the desktop settings. To prevent this, call
|
|---|
| 4810 | setDesktopSettingsAware(false).
|
|---|
| 4811 |
|
|---|
| 4812 | \note All effects are disabled on screens running at less than 16-bit color
|
|---|
| 4813 | depth.
|
|---|
| 4814 |
|
|---|
| 4815 | \sa setEffectEnabled(), Qt::UIEffect
|
|---|
| 4816 | */
|
|---|
| 4817 |
|
|---|
| 4818 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4819 | \fn QWidget *QApplication::mainWidget()
|
|---|
| 4820 |
|
|---|
| 4821 | Returns the main application widget, or 0 if there is no main widget.
|
|---|
| 4822 | */
|
|---|
| 4823 |
|
|---|
| 4824 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4825 | \fn void QApplication::setMainWidget(QWidget *mainWidget)
|
|---|
| 4826 |
|
|---|
| 4827 | Sets the application's main widget to \a mainWidget.
|
|---|
| 4828 |
|
|---|
| 4829 | In most respects the main widget is like any other widget, except that if
|
|---|
| 4830 | it is closed, the application exits. QApplication does \e not take
|
|---|
| 4831 | ownership of the \a mainWidget, so if you create your main widget on the
|
|---|
| 4832 | heap you must delete it yourself.
|
|---|
| 4833 |
|
|---|
| 4834 | You need not have a main widget; connecting lastWindowClosed() to quit()
|
|---|
| 4835 | is an alternative.
|
|---|
| 4836 |
|
|---|
| 4837 | For X11, this function also resizes and moves the main widget according
|
|---|
| 4838 | to the \e -geometry command-line option, so you should set the default
|
|---|
| 4839 | geometry (using \l QWidget::setGeometry()) before calling setMainWidget().
|
|---|
| 4840 |
|
|---|
| 4841 | \sa mainWidget(), exec(), quit()
|
|---|
| 4842 | */
|
|---|
| 4843 |
|
|---|
| 4844 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4845 | \fn void QApplication::beep()
|
|---|
| 4846 |
|
|---|
| 4847 | Sounds the bell, using the default volume and sound. The function is \e not
|
|---|
| 4848 | available in Qt for Embedded Linux.
|
|---|
| 4849 | */
|
|---|
| 4850 |
|
|---|
| 4851 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4852 | \fn void QApplication::setOverrideCursor(const QCursor &cursor)
|
|---|
| 4853 |
|
|---|
| 4854 | Sets the application override cursor to \a cursor.
|
|---|
| 4855 |
|
|---|
| 4856 | Application override cursors are intended for showing the user that the
|
|---|
| 4857 | application is in a special state, for example during an operation that
|
|---|
| 4858 | might take some time.
|
|---|
| 4859 |
|
|---|
| 4860 | This cursor will be displayed in all the application's widgets until
|
|---|
| 4861 | restoreOverrideCursor() or another setOverrideCursor() is called.
|
|---|
| 4862 |
|
|---|
| 4863 | Application cursors are stored on an internal stack. setOverrideCursor()
|
|---|
| 4864 | pushes the cursor onto the stack, and restoreOverrideCursor() pops the
|
|---|
| 4865 | active cursor off the stack. changeOverrideCursor() changes the curently
|
|---|
| 4866 | active application override cursor. Every setOverrideCursor() must
|
|---|
| 4867 | eventually be followed by a corresponding restoreOverrideCursor(),
|
|---|
| 4868 | otherwise the stack will never be emptied.
|
|---|
| 4869 |
|
|---|
| 4870 | Example:
|
|---|
| 4871 | \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qapplication_x11.cpp 0
|
|---|
| 4872 |
|
|---|
| 4873 | \sa overrideCursor(), restoreOverrideCursor(), changeOverrideCursor(),
|
|---|
| 4874 | QWidget::setCursor()
|
|---|
| 4875 | */
|
|---|
| 4876 |
|
|---|
| 4877 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4878 | \fn void QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor()
|
|---|
| 4879 |
|
|---|
| 4880 | Undoes the last setOverrideCursor().
|
|---|
| 4881 |
|
|---|
| 4882 | If setOverrideCursor() has been called twice, calling
|
|---|
| 4883 | restoreOverrideCursor() will activate the first cursor set. Calling this
|
|---|
| 4884 | function a second time restores the original widgets' cursors.
|
|---|
| 4885 |
|
|---|
| 4886 | \sa setOverrideCursor(), overrideCursor()
|
|---|
| 4887 | */
|
|---|
| 4888 |
|
|---|
| 4889 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4890 | \macro qApp
|
|---|
| 4891 | \relates QApplication
|
|---|
| 4892 |
|
|---|
| 4893 | A global pointer referring to the unique application object. It is
|
|---|
| 4894 | equivalent to the pointer returned by the QCoreApplication::instance()
|
|---|
| 4895 | function except that, in GUI applications, it is a pointer to a
|
|---|
| 4896 | QApplication instance.
|
|---|
| 4897 |
|
|---|
| 4898 | Only one application object can be created.
|
|---|
| 4899 |
|
|---|
| 4900 | \sa QCoreApplication::instance()
|
|---|
| 4901 | */
|
|---|
| 4902 |
|
|---|
| 4903 | // ************************************************************************
|
|---|
| 4904 | // Input Method support
|
|---|
| 4905 | // ************************************************************************
|
|---|
| 4906 |
|
|---|
| 4907 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4908 | This function replaces the QInputContext instance used by the application
|
|---|
| 4909 | with \a inputContext.
|
|---|
| 4910 |
|
|---|
| 4911 | \sa inputContext()
|
|---|
| 4912 | */
|
|---|
| 4913 | void QApplication::setInputContext(QInputContext *inputContext)
|
|---|
| 4914 | {
|
|---|
| 4915 | #ifndef QT_NO_IM
|
|---|
| 4916 | Q_D(QApplication);
|
|---|
| 4917 | Q_UNUSED(d);// only static members being used.
|
|---|
| 4918 | if (!inputContext) {
|
|---|
| 4919 | qWarning("QApplication::setInputContext: called with 0 input context");
|
|---|
| 4920 | return;
|
|---|
| 4921 | }
|
|---|
| 4922 | if (d->inputContext)
|
|---|
| 4923 | delete d->inputContext;
|
|---|
| 4924 | d->inputContext = inputContext;
|
|---|
| 4925 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4926 | }
|
|---|
| 4927 |
|
|---|
| 4928 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4929 | Returns the QInputContext instance used by the application.
|
|---|
| 4930 |
|
|---|
| 4931 | \sa setInputContext()
|
|---|
| 4932 | */
|
|---|
| 4933 | QInputContext *QApplication::inputContext() const
|
|---|
| 4934 | {
|
|---|
| 4935 | #ifndef QT_NO_IM
|
|---|
| 4936 | Q_D(const QApplication);
|
|---|
| 4937 | Q_UNUSED(d);// only static members being used.
|
|---|
| 4938 | #ifdef Q_WS_X11
|
|---|
| 4939 | if (!X11)
|
|---|
| 4940 | return 0;
|
|---|
| 4941 | if (!d->inputContext) {
|
|---|
| 4942 | QApplication *that = const_cast<QApplication *>(this);
|
|---|
| 4943 | QInputContext *qic = QInputContextFactory::create(X11->default_im, that);
|
|---|
| 4944 | // fallback to default X Input Method.
|
|---|
| 4945 | if (!qic)
|
|---|
| 4946 | qic = QInputContextFactory::create(QLatin1String("xim"), that);
|
|---|
| 4947 | that->d_func()->inputContext = qic;
|
|---|
| 4948 | }
|
|---|
| 4949 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4950 | return d->inputContext;
|
|---|
| 4951 | #else
|
|---|
| 4952 | return 0;
|
|---|
| 4953 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4954 | }
|
|---|
| 4955 |
|
|---|
| 4956 | //Returns the current platform used by keyBindings
|
|---|
| 4957 | uint QApplicationPrivate::currentPlatform(){
|
|---|
| 4958 | uint platform = KB_Win;
|
|---|
| 4959 | #ifdef Q_WS_MAC
|
|---|
| 4960 | platform = KB_Mac;
|
|---|
| 4961 | #elif defined Q_WS_X11
|
|---|
| 4962 | platform = KB_X11;
|
|---|
| 4963 | if (X11->desktopEnvironment == DE_KDE)
|
|---|
| 4964 | platform |= KB_KDE;
|
|---|
| 4965 | if (X11->desktopEnvironment == DE_GNOME)
|
|---|
| 4966 | platform |= KB_Gnome;
|
|---|
| 4967 | if (X11->desktopEnvironment == DE_CDE)
|
|---|
| 4968 | platform |= KB_CDE;
|
|---|
| 4969 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4970 | return platform;
|
|---|
| 4971 | }
|
|---|
| 4972 |
|
|---|
| 4973 | bool qt_sendSpontaneousEvent(QObject *receiver, QEvent *event)
|
|---|
| 4974 | {
|
|---|
| 4975 | return QCoreApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(receiver, event);
|
|---|
| 4976 | }
|
|---|
| 4977 |
|
|---|
| 4978 |
|
|---|
| 4979 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4980 | \since 4.2
|
|---|
| 4981 |
|
|---|
| 4982 | Returns the current keyboard input locale.
|
|---|
| 4983 | */
|
|---|
| 4984 | QLocale QApplication::keyboardInputLocale()
|
|---|
| 4985 | {
|
|---|
| 4986 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::checkInstance("keyboardInputLocale"))
|
|---|
| 4987 | return QLocale::c();
|
|---|
| 4988 | return qt_keymapper_private()->keyboardInputLocale;
|
|---|
| 4989 | }
|
|---|
| 4990 |
|
|---|
| 4991 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4992 | \since 4.2
|
|---|
| 4993 |
|
|---|
| 4994 | Returns the current keyboard input direction.
|
|---|
| 4995 | */
|
|---|
| 4996 | Qt::LayoutDirection QApplication::keyboardInputDirection()
|
|---|
| 4997 | {
|
|---|
| 4998 | if (!QApplicationPrivate::checkInstance("keyboardInputDirection"))
|
|---|
| 4999 | return Qt::LeftToRight;
|
|---|
| 5000 | return qt_keymapper_private()->keyboardInputDirection;
|
|---|
| 5001 | }
|
|---|
| 5002 |
|
|---|
| 5003 | bool QApplicationPrivate::shouldSetFocus(QWidget *w, Qt::FocusPolicy policy)
|
|---|
| 5004 | {
|
|---|
| 5005 | QWidget *f = w;
|
|---|
| 5006 | while (f->d_func()->extra && f->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy)
|
|---|
| 5007 | f = f->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy;
|
|---|
| 5008 |
|
|---|
| 5009 | if ((w->focusPolicy() & policy) != policy)
|
|---|
| 5010 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5011 | if (w != f && (f->focusPolicy() & policy) != policy)
|
|---|
| 5012 | return false;
|
|---|
| 5013 | return true;
|
|---|
| 5014 | }
|
|---|
| 5015 |
|
|---|
| 5016 | QT_END_NAMESPACE
|
|---|
| 5017 |
|
|---|
| 5018 | #include "moc_qapplication.cpp"
|
|---|